1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17382 22974))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17493 6877))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode
'safe-local-variable
'booleanp
)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table
) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17734 40202))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17739 37750))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17742 17639))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function
) "add-log" t
)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name
) "add-log" t
)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address
) "add-log" t
)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17701 17832))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action
) "advice" t
)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action
) "advice" t
)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice
) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice
) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate
) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17383 40482))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
494 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17742 41722))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x
(quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
))) (stringp x
)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote integerp
))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x
(quote (nil t text force
))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
(quote (: * + -
)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode
) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - integral outline exposure-layout
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - automatic topic-number maintenance
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
584 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
589 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
590 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
591 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
592 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
596 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
598 Navigation: Exposure Control:
599 ---------- ----------------
600 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
601 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
602 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
603 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
604 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
605 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
606 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
608 Topic Header Production:
609 -----------------------
610 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
611 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
612 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
614 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
615 ---------------------------------
616 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
617 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
618 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
620 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
621 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
622 alternated according to nesting depth.
623 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
624 offspring are not affected. With repeat
625 count, revoke numbering.
627 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
628 ----------------------------------
629 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
630 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] allout-copy-topic-as-kill Copy current topic, including offspring.
631 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line kill-line, attending to outline structure.
632 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] allout-copy-line-as-kill Copy line but don't delete it.
633 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
634 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
635 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
636 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
638 Topic-oriented Encryption:
639 -------------------------
640 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
644 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
645 and establish a default file-var setting
647 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
648 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
649 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
650 buffer with name derived from derived from that
651 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
652 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
653 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
654 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
656 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
661 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
662 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
663 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
664 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
665 \(Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
666 encrypted during file saves; if you're editing the contents of
667 such a topic, it is automatically decrypted for continued
668 editing.) The aim is reliable topic privacy while preventing
669 accidents like neglected encryption before saves, forgetting
670 which passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
672 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
673 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
677 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
678 navigation and exposure control.
680 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
681 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
682 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
683 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
684 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
686 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
687 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
688 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) never get
689 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
690 hot-spot and back to normal operation.
692 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
693 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
694 beginning of the current entry, so you usually can hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
695 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
699 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
701 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
702 contain and be contained by other topics.
704 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
706 containment. Also called the:
707 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
710 The topics that contain a topic.
711 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
714 The topics contained by a topic;
716 An immediate offspring of a topic;
718 The immediate offspring of a topic.
720 Topics having the same parent and depth.
722 Topic text constituents:
724 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
726 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
727 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
728 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
729 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
730 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
732 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
735 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
736 It can be customized by changing the setting of
737 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
739 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
740 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
741 program code without interfering with the language processing
742 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
743 docstring for more detail.
745 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
746 bullet, determining the depth of the topic.
747 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
748 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
749 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
750 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
751 bullet when generating topics varies in a cycle with the depth of
753 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
758 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
759 of its offspring and contained text.
761 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
762 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
764 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
765 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
766 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
768 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
770 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky
) (quote outlineify-sticky
))
772 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky
) "allout" "\
773 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
775 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
776 setup for auto-startup.
778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
782 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
783 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17383 40562))
784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
786 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
788 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
789 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
790 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
791 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
792 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
793 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
795 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
797 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" "\
800 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
804 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
805 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17382 22974))
806 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
808 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
809 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
810 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
811 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
812 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
813 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
814 in the current window.
816 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
818 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
819 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
820 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
822 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
824 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
825 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
826 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
828 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
832 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
833 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17383 40482))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
836 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
837 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
841 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
842 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
844 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
845 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
846 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
847 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
849 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
850 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
852 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
854 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
858 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
859 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17482 12311))
860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
862 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
863 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
864 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
865 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
866 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
869 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
870 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
871 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
874 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
875 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
876 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
877 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
881 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
882 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
887 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
888 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
889 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
895 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
896 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
897 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
898 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17686 53337))
899 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
901 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
902 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
903 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
904 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
906 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message
) "appt" t
)
908 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
909 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
911 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time
) "appt" t
)
913 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
914 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
916 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible
) "appt" t
)
918 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
919 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
920 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
922 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible
) "appt" t
)
924 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
925 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
926 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
928 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window
) "appt" t
)
930 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
931 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
932 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
934 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line
) "appt" t
)
936 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
937 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
938 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
940 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration
) "appt" t
)
942 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
943 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
944 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
946 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary
) "appt" t
)
948 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
949 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
950 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
952 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
954 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
955 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
959 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
960 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
961 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
962 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
963 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
964 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
965 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
967 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
970 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
971 appointment package (if it is not already active).
975 (autoload (quote appt-activate
) "appt" "\
976 Toggle checking of appointments.
977 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
978 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
984 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
985 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
986 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17742 30576))
987 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
989 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern
) "apropos" "\
990 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
991 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
992 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
994 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
995 kind of objects to search.
997 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
999 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
1000 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1001 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1002 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1003 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1004 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1006 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1009 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1011 (defalias (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
1013 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
1014 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1015 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1016 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1017 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1018 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1020 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1021 noninteractive functions.
1023 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1024 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1026 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1027 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1029 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1031 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property
) "apropos" "\
1032 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1034 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1036 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
1037 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1038 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1039 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1041 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1042 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1043 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1044 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1046 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1047 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1049 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1051 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1053 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
1054 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1061 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1062 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1066 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
1067 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1074 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1076 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1078 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1082 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17602
1084 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1086 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
1087 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1088 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1089 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1090 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1091 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1093 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1094 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1097 \\{archive-mode-map}
1099 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1103 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17358 52581))
1104 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1106 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
1107 Major mode for editing arrays.
1109 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1110 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1111 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1113 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1115 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1116 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1117 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1119 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1120 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1121 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1122 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1125 Variables you assign:
1126 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1127 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1128 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1129 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1130 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1131 row numbers in the buffer.
1133 Variables which are calculated:
1134 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1135 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1137 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1138 take a numeric prefix argument):
1140 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1141 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1142 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1143 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1145 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1146 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1147 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1148 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1150 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1151 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1152 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1153 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1155 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1156 between that of point and mark.
1158 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1159 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1161 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1162 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1163 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1164 newlines inside rows)
1166 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1168 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1174 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17521
1176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1178 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
1179 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1180 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1181 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1183 How to quit artist mode
1185 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1188 How to submit a bug report
1190 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1193 Drawing with the mouse:
1196 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1197 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1201 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1204 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1205 --------------------------------------------------------------
1206 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1222 --------------------------------------------------------------
1223 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1225 --------------------------------------------------------------
1226 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1227 --------------------------------------------------------------
1228 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1229 --------------------------------------------------------------
1231 --------------------------------------------------------------
1232 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1233 --------------------------------------------------------------
1235 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1238 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1239 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1240 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1241 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1244 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1245 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1246 overwrite means the opposite.
1248 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1249 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1250 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1252 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1254 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1255 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1257 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1258 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1259 are currently drawing something.
1261 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1265 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1266 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1271 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1273 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1275 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1277 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1279 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1280 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1282 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1287 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1288 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1289 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1290 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1291 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1292 When pasting: Pastes
1294 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1296 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1298 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1299 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1300 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1301 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1302 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1303 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1308 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1309 of the line/poly-line
1311 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1312 of the line/poly-line
1317 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1319 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1320 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1321 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1322 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1323 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1324 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1325 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1326 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1327 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1328 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1329 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1330 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1331 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1332 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1333 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1334 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1335 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1336 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1337 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1338 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1343 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1344 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1346 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1347 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1348 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1349 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1350 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1351 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1352 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1353 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1354 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1355 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1356 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1357 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1358 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1359 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1360 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1361 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1362 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1363 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1364 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1368 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1369 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1376 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1380 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17487
1382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1384 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
1385 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1386 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1388 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1389 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1390 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1391 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1393 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1394 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1396 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1397 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1399 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1408 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1409 ;;;;;; (17383 40482))
1410 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1412 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1413 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1414 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1416 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" nil
)
1418 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1419 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1420 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1421 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1422 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1423 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1424 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1425 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1426 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1427 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1430 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1431 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1432 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1433 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1434 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1436 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1440 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1441 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1442 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1443 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1444 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1445 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1447 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" nil
)
1449 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1450 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1451 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1452 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1453 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1454 &c to supply digit arguments.
1456 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1462 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1463 ;;;;;; (17388 57136))
1464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1466 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
1467 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1473 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1474 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17704 3960))
1475 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1477 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1478 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1479 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1483 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1484 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1485 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1486 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1488 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1490 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1491 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1492 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1495 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1497 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" nil
)
1499 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1500 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1501 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1502 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1504 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1505 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1511 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1512 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1513 ;;;;;; (17596 1404))
1514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1516 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1517 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1518 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1519 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1520 save the buffer too.
1522 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1524 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1526 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1527 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1528 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1529 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1530 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1531 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1533 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1534 directory or directories specified.
1536 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1538 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1539 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1540 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1547 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1548 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17500 47746))
1549 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1551 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1552 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1554 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1555 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1556 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1557 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1558 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1562 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1563 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1565 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1566 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1570 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1571 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1572 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1574 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1575 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1576 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1577 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1578 reflected in the current buffer.
1580 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1581 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1582 writing before you save the file!
1584 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1588 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1589 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1591 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1592 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1596 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1597 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1598 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1600 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1601 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1603 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" nil
)
1605 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1606 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1608 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1609 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1610 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1616 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1617 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17628 62475))
1618 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1620 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1621 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1622 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1624 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1626 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" nil
)
1628 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1629 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1630 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1631 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1633 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1634 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1635 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1637 Effects of the different modes:
1638 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1639 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1640 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1641 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1642 a random distance & direction.
1643 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1644 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1645 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1647 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1649 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1650 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1651 definition of \"random distance\".)
1653 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1657 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1658 ;;;;;; (17383 40534))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1661 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1662 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1664 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1665 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1669 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1670 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1671 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1672 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1674 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1676 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1678 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1682 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1683 ;;;;;; (17742 17639))
1684 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1685 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1687 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1688 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1689 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1690 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1694 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1695 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1696 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1697 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1698 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1699 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1701 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" nil
)
1703 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" "\
1704 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1705 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1706 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1707 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1714 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1715 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17383 40534))
1716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1718 (autoload (quote benchmark-run
) "benchmark" "\
1719 Time execution of FORMS.
1720 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1721 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1723 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1724 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1725 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1727 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1729 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled
) "benchmark" "\
1730 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1731 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1732 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1733 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1735 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1737 (autoload (quote benchmark
) "benchmark" "\
1738 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1739 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1740 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1741 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1743 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1747 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17743
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1751 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1752 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1754 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1756 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1757 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1758 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1759 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1761 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1762 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1763 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1764 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1765 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1767 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1768 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1771 Special information:
1773 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1775 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1776 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1777 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1778 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1779 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1780 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1781 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1782 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1783 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1784 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1785 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1787 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1788 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1789 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1790 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1791 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1792 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1793 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1794 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1796 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1798 ----------------------------------------------------------
1799 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1800 if that value is non-nil.
1808 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1809 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1810 ;;;;;; (17382 22951))
1811 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1813 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1815 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal
) "binhex" "\
1816 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1817 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1819 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1821 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external
) "binhex" "\
1822 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1824 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1826 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region
) "binhex" "\
1827 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1829 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1833 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17382
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1837 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1839 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1843 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1844 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1845 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1846 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1847 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1852 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1853 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1856 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1859 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1860 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1862 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1863 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1865 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1866 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1867 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1868 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1869 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1870 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1874 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1876 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1877 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1878 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1879 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1881 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1882 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1883 denoted by the letter `R'.
1885 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1886 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1887 denoted by the letter `H'.
1889 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1892 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1893 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1894 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1895 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1896 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1897 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1900 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1901 degree deflection it causes.
1904 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1905 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1906 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1907 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1908 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1909 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1910 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1911 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1914 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1915 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1919 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1921 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1922 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1923 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1924 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1927 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1928 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1929 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1930 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1931 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1932 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1933 emerging from the box.
1935 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1938 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1939 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1940 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1941 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1942 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1943 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1944 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1946 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1953 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1954 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1955 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1956 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17383 40484))
1957 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1958 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1959 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1960 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1962 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1963 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1964 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1965 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1966 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1967 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1968 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map
)
1969 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" 'bookmark-set
)
1970 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) ; "m" for "mark"
1971 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
)
1972 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) ; "g" for "go"
1973 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
)
1974 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
)
1975 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) ; "f" for "find"
1976 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
)
1977 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
)
1978 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" 'bookmark-load
)
1979 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" 'bookmark-write
)
1980 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" 'bookmark-save
)
1982 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1983 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1984 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1985 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1986 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1987 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1988 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1989 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1992 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1993 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1994 yank successive words.
1996 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1997 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1998 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1999 name of the file being visited.
2001 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2002 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2003 the list of bookmarks.)
2005 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
2007 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
2008 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2009 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2010 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2011 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2014 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2015 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2016 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2017 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2019 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2021 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
2022 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2023 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2024 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2025 after a bookmark was set in it.
2027 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2029 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
2030 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2031 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2032 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2034 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2036 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
2038 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
2039 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2040 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2041 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2043 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2044 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2045 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2047 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2048 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2051 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2053 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
2054 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2055 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2056 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2057 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2060 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2062 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
2063 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2064 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2065 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2066 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2067 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2068 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2069 probably because we were called from there.
2071 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2073 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
2074 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2075 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2079 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
2080 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2081 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2082 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2085 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2086 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2087 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2088 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2089 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2091 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2092 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2093 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2094 `bookmark-default-file'.
2096 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2098 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
2099 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2100 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2101 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2102 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2105 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2106 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2107 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2108 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2109 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2112 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2113 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2114 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2115 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2117 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2119 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
2120 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2121 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2122 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2123 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2127 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2129 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2131 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2133 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2137 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2138 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2139 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2140 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2141 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2142 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2143 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2144 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2145 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2146 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17519 1782))
2147 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2149 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2150 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2151 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2152 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2154 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2155 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2156 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2157 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2158 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2160 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2162 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2163 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2165 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2167 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2168 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2170 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2172 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2177 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2178 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2179 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2180 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2181 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2182 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2184 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2186 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2187 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2188 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2189 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2192 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2194 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2195 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2199 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2200 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2202 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2204 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2205 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2206 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2207 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2209 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2211 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2212 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2213 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2214 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2218 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2219 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2220 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2221 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2222 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2227 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2228 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2229 Default to the URL around or before point.
2231 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2232 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2233 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2234 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2236 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2237 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2239 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2240 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2241 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2243 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2245 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2246 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2247 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2248 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2250 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2251 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2252 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2253 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2255 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2256 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2257 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2259 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2260 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2262 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2264 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2265 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2266 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2267 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2269 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2270 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2271 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2272 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2274 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2275 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2276 new tab in an existing window instead.
2278 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2279 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2281 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2283 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2284 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2285 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2286 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2289 When called interactively, if variable
2290 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2291 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2292 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2293 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2295 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2296 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2297 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2299 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2300 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2303 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2304 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2305 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2306 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2307 URL in a new window.
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2318 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2319 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2322 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2323 new tab in an existing window instead.
2325 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2326 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2333 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2335 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2336 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2337 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2338 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2340 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2341 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2343 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2345 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2348 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2349 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2350 program is invoked according to the variable
2351 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2353 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2354 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2355 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2356 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2358 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2359 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2361 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2363 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2366 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2368 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2370 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2372 Default to the URL around or before point.
2374 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2375 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2376 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2378 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2379 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2380 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2381 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2383 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2384 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2386 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2388 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2389 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2390 Default to the URL around or before point.
2392 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2394 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2395 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2396 Default to the URL around or before point.
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2400 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2407 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2409 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2410 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2416 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2417 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2418 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2420 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2422 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2423 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2424 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2425 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2427 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2428 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2429 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2430 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2433 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2435 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2437 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2438 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2439 Default to the URL around or before point.
2441 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2443 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2444 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2445 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2446 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2447 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2450 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2451 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2452 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2453 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2456 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2463 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2464 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2465 don't offer a form of remote control.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point.
2473 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2477 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17382
2479 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2481 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2482 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2486 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2487 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2494 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17739 37746))
2495 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2497 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2498 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2499 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2500 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2504 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2505 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2506 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2507 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2511 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2512 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2516 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2517 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2519 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2520 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2521 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2522 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2524 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2525 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2526 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2527 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2528 name of buffer configuration.
2534 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2535 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17383
2537 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2539 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2540 Keymap used by buttons.")
2542 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2543 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2544 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2546 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2547 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2548 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2549 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2550 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2551 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2553 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2554 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2555 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2556 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2558 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2560 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2561 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2562 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2563 specifying properties to add to the button.
2564 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2565 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2566 `define-button-type'.
2568 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2570 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2572 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2573 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2574 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2575 specifying properties to add to the button.
2576 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2577 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2578 `define-button-type'.
2580 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2582 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2584 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2585 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2586 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2587 specifying properties to add to the button.
2588 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2589 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2590 `define-button-type'.
2592 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2593 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2594 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2597 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2599 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2601 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2602 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2603 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2604 specifying properties to add to the button.
2605 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2606 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2607 `define-button-type'.
2609 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2610 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2611 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2612 `insert-text-button'.
2614 Also see `make-text-button'.
2616 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2620 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2621 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2622 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2623 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2624 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17586 63375))
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2626 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2627 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2629 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2634 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2635 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2636 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2638 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2640 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2641 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2642 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2643 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2645 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2646 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2647 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2648 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2649 whether to compile it.
2651 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2653 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2654 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2656 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2657 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2659 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2660 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2661 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2662 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2663 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2665 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2667 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2668 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2669 Print the result in the echo area.
2670 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2674 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2675 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2676 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2678 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2680 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2681 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2682 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2683 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2684 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2685 all functions called by those functions.
2687 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2688 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2691 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2692 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2693 invoked interactively.
2695 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2697 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2698 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2699 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2700 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2704 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2705 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2706 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2707 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2708 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2709 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2710 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2713 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2715 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2716 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2717 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2718 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2720 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2721 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2722 and corresponding effects.
2724 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17386 21899))
2729 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2731 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2733 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2737 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2738 ;;;;;; (17386 21900))
2739 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2741 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2742 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2743 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2744 from the cursor position.
2746 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2750 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2751 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2752 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2753 ;;;;;; (17672 28071))
2754 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2756 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2757 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2759 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2760 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2762 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2763 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2767 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2768 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2770 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2772 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2773 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2775 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2777 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2778 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2782 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2783 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2784 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2785 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2787 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2789 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2790 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2791 This is most useful in the X window system.
2792 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2793 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2795 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2797 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2798 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2799 See calc-keypad for details.
2801 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2803 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2804 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2806 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2808 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2809 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2811 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2813 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2814 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2816 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2818 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2819 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2820 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2822 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2824 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2827 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2831 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17383
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2835 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2836 Run the Emacs calculator.
2837 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2843 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2844 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2845 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2846 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2847 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2848 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2849 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2850 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2851 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2852 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2853 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2854 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2855 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2856 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2857 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2858 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2859 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2860 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17732 30377))
2861 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2863 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2864 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2865 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2866 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2869 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2871 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2872 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2873 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2874 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2875 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2876 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2878 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2880 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2881 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2882 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2884 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2886 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2887 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2888 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2890 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2892 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2893 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2894 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2897 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2899 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2900 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2901 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2903 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2905 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2906 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2907 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2909 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2911 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2913 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2914 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2915 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2917 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2920 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2922 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2923 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2924 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2926 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2929 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2931 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2932 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2933 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2935 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2938 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2940 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2941 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2942 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2944 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2946 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2947 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2948 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2949 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2950 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2952 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
2954 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2955 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2956 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2957 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2958 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2959 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2960 a function is also provided for this:
2961 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2963 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2964 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2965 date is not visible in the window.
2967 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2968 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2969 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2971 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
2973 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2974 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2976 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2977 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2978 date is visible in the window.
2980 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2981 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2982 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2984 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
2986 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2987 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2991 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
2993 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2995 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
2997 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2998 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3000 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3001 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3009 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3010 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3011 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3012 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3013 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3014 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3015 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3016 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3017 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3018 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3019 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3020 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3023 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3024 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3025 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3026 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3034 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3035 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3037 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3038 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3039 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3040 window but will appear in a diary window.
3042 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3043 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3045 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3046 entries (in the default American style):
3048 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3049 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3050 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3052 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3053 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3054 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3055 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3056 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3057 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3058 &* 15 time cards due.
3060 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3061 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3062 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3066 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3067 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3068 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3069 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3070 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3071 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3073 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3074 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3075 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3077 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3079 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3081 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3082 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3083 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3084 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3085 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3086 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3087 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3088 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3089 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3090 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3093 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3094 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3095 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3096 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3097 documentation for these functions for details.
3099 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3100 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3102 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3104 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3105 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3107 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3109 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3110 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3112 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3114 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3115 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3117 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3119 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3120 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3122 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3124 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3125 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3126 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3128 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3130 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3131 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3132 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3134 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3136 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3137 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3138 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3139 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3142 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3144 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3145 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3146 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3147 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3156 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3157 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3158 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3160 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3161 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3162 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3163 `american-calendar'.")
3165 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3167 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3168 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3169 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3171 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3173 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3174 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3175 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3177 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3179 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3180 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3181 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3183 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3185 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3186 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3187 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3189 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3191 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3192 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3193 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3194 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3195 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3196 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3198 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3200 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3201 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3202 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3204 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3205 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3206 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3209 #include \"filename\"
3211 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3212 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3213 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3214 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3215 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3217 For example, you could use
3219 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3220 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3221 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3223 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3224 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3225 lexicographic order.")
3227 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3229 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3230 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3231 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3233 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3235 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3236 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3237 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3240 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3241 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3242 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3243 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3244 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3245 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3246 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3248 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3249 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3250 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3251 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3252 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3253 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3254 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3255 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3257 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3259 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3260 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3261 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3262 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3263 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3264 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3265 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3267 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3269 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3270 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3272 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3273 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3274 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3276 #include \"filename\"
3277 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3278 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3279 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3280 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3281 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3283 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3285 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3286 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3287 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3288 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3289 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3290 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3291 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3293 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3295 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3296 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3297 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3300 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3302 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3303 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3304 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3305 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3306 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3308 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3310 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3312 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3313 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3314 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3316 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3318 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3320 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3322 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3324 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3326 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3328 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3330 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3332 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3334 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3336 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3337 User defined holidays.
3338 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3340 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3342 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3344 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3346 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3348 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3350 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3352 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3354 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3356 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3358 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3360 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3362 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3364 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3366 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3368 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3370 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3372 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3374 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3376 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3378 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3380 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3382 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3384 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3386 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3388 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3390 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3392 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3393 Sun-related holidays.
3394 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3396 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3398 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3400 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3401 The frame setup of the calendar.
3402 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3403 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3404 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3405 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3406 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3408 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3410 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3411 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3412 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3414 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3415 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3419 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3420 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3421 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3423 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3424 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3425 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3426 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3428 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3432 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3433 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17382 22951))
3434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3436 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3437 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3439 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3441 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3442 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3443 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3446 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17507
3452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3453 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3458 ;;;;;; (17409 38386))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3461 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3462 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3468 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3469 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3470 ;;;;;; (17599 63482))
3471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3473 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3474 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3475 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3476 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3477 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3478 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3479 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3481 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3483 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3484 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3485 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3486 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3487 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3488 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3489 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3490 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3492 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3493 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3494 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3495 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3496 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3497 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3499 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3501 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3502 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3509 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3510 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3512 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3513 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3514 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3515 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3516 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3517 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3520 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3522 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3523 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3530 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3531 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3532 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3534 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3535 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3536 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3537 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3538 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3539 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3542 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3544 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3545 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3552 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3553 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3554 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3556 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3557 Major mode for editing Java code.
3558 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3559 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3560 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3561 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3564 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3566 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3567 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3574 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3575 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3576 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3578 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3579 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3580 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3581 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3582 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3583 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3586 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3588 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3589 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3596 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3597 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3598 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3599 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3601 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3602 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3603 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3604 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3605 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3606 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3609 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3611 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3612 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3618 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3619 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3620 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3621 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3622 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3623 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3627 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3628 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17519 1783))
3629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3631 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3632 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3633 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3634 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3636 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3638 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3639 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3642 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3643 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3644 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3645 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3648 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3649 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3650 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3651 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3654 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3656 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3657 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3658 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3659 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3661 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3663 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3664 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3665 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3667 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3669 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3670 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3671 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3672 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3673 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3675 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17511
3681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3682 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17520 20914))
3687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3688 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3689 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3690 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3694 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3695 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3696 ;;;;;; (17113 1814))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3699 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3700 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3702 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3704 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3705 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3707 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3709 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3710 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3712 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3713 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3714 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3715 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3718 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3720 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3722 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3723 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3725 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3726 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3730 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3731 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3732 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3733 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3734 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3737 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3738 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3739 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3740 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3742 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3743 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3746 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3748 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3750 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3753 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3754 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3756 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3757 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3758 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3761 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3763 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3764 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3765 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3767 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3769 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3771 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3772 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3774 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3778 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3780 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3782 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3783 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3786 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3787 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3790 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3792 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3793 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3794 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3795 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3796 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3797 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3798 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3799 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3800 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3801 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3802 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3803 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3804 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3805 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3806 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3807 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3810 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3811 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3813 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3814 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3816 | (write EXPRESSION)
3817 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3818 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3821 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3824 ;; Same as: (write string)
3826 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3827 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3828 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3831 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3832 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3833 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3834 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3835 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3836 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3838 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3839 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3841 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3844 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3845 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3846 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3848 ARG := REG | integer
3851 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3854 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3857 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3860 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3861 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3864 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3865 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3866 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3869 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3870 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3871 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3874 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3875 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3877 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3878 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3879 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3882 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3883 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3886 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3887 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3889 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3892 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3896 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3897 ;; Same meaning as C code
3898 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3900 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3905 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3906 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3909 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3910 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3914 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3918 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3919 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3920 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3922 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3923 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3924 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3926 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3927 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3928 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3929 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3930 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3933 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3935 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3936 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3937 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3938 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3939 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3940 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3942 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3944 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3945 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3946 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3948 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3950 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3954 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3955 ;;;;;; (17669 35275))
3956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3958 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3959 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3960 There are no special keybindings by default.
3962 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3963 to the action header.
3969 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3970 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3971 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3972 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3973 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3974 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3975 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3976 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3977 ;;;;;; (17739 37748))
3978 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3980 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3981 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3982 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3983 the users will view as each check is completed.
3987 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3988 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3989 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3990 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3991 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3992 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3993 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3994 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3996 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3998 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3999 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4000 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4001 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4002 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4003 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4004 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4005 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4007 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4009 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4010 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4011 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4012 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4013 spacing are all verified.
4017 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4018 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4019 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4020 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4021 otherwise stop after the first error.
4023 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4025 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4026 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4027 Only documentation strings are checked.
4028 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4029 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4032 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4034 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4035 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4036 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4037 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4038 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4040 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4042 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4043 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4044 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4045 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4048 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4052 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4053 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4055 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4057 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4059 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4060 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4061 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4063 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4065 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4066 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4067 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4068 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4069 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4073 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4074 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4075 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4076 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4077 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4078 space at the end of each line.
4080 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4082 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4083 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4084 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4085 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4087 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4089 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4090 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4091 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4092 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4094 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4096 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4097 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4098 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4101 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4103 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4104 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4105 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4106 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4108 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4110 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4111 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4112 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4113 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4115 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4118 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4119 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4120 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4122 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4124 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4125 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4126 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4127 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4129 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4131 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4132 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4133 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4134 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4136 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4138 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4139 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4140 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4141 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4143 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4145 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4146 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4147 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4149 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4150 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4151 checking of documentation strings.
4153 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4159 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4160 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17113
4162 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4164 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4165 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4166 Return the length of resulting text.
4168 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4170 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4171 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4175 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4176 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4177 Return the length of resulting text.
4179 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4181 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4182 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4188 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4189 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17383 40485))
4190 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4192 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4193 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4194 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4195 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4196 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4197 editing and the result is evaluated.
4199 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4201 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4202 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4203 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4204 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4205 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4207 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4211 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4212 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4213 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4214 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4215 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4217 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4218 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4219 \\{command-history-map}
4221 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4222 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17700 2786))
4229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4231 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4232 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4233 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4234 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4235 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4236 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4238 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4239 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4243 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4244 ;;;;;; (17730 22879))
4245 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4247 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4250 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4254 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4255 ;;;;;; (17388 57140))
4256 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4258 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4259 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4260 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4261 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4263 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4264 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4265 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4266 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4268 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4269 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4271 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4275 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17383
4277 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4279 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4280 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4281 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4282 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4283 of `scheme-program-name').
4284 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4285 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4286 discards input when it starts up.
4287 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4289 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4292 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4296 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4297 ;;;;;; (17700 2787))
4298 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4300 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4301 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4302 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4303 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4304 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4306 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4308 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4309 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4310 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4311 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4312 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4313 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4314 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4315 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4316 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4317 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4318 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4319 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4320 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4321 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4322 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4323 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4324 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4325 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4326 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4327 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4328 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4329 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4330 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4331 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4332 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4333 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4334 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4335 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4336 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4337 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4338 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4339 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4340 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4341 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4342 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4343 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4344 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4345 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4346 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4347 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4348 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4349 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4350 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4351 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4352 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4356 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4357 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4358 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17667 64276))
4359 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4361 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4362 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4363 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4366 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4367 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4368 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4369 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4371 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4373 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4374 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4375 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4377 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4379 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4380 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4381 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4383 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4385 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4386 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4387 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4389 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4391 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4392 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4394 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4395 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4396 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4398 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4399 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4403 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4404 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4406 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4407 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4408 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4410 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4414 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4415 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4416 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4417 ;;;;;; (17693 43096))
4418 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4420 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4421 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4422 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4423 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4424 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4425 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4426 functions have already modified the buffer.
4428 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4430 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4431 either globally or locally.")
4433 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4435 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4436 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4437 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4438 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4439 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4440 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4441 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4442 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4444 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4446 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4448 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4449 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4450 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4451 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4452 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4453 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4454 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4455 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4457 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4459 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4461 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4462 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4463 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4464 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4465 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4466 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4468 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4470 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4471 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4472 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4473 directory tracking functions.")
4475 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4476 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4477 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4479 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4481 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4483 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4484 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4485 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4487 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4489 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4491 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4492 Send COMMAND to current process.
4493 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4494 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4496 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4498 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4499 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4500 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4501 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4503 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4507 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17636
4509 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4511 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4512 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4513 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4514 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4516 This command pushes the mark in each window
4517 at the prior location of point in that window.
4518 If both windows display the same buffer,
4519 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4520 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4522 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4523 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4524 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4525 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4526 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4527 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4528 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4531 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4532 this command work in interlaced mode:
4533 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4534 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4535 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4537 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4541 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4542 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4543 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4544 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4545 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17687 3226))
4546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4548 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4549 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4551 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4553 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4554 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4556 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4558 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4559 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4560 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4561 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4562 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4563 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4564 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4566 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4567 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4568 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4569 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4570 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4572 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4573 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4574 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4575 describing how the process finished.")
4577 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4578 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4579 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4580 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4582 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4583 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4584 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4586 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4588 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4589 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4590 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4591 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4593 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4595 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4596 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4598 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4599 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4601 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4603 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4604 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4605 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4606 (concat \"make -k \"
4607 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4609 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4610 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4612 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4613 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4614 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4615 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4617 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4619 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4620 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4621 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4622 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4624 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4625 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4627 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4628 and move to the source code that caused it.
4630 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4631 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4632 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4633 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4635 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4636 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4637 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4638 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4641 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4642 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4643 to a function that generates a unique name.
4645 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4647 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4648 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4649 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4650 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4652 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4653 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4654 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4655 to determine the buffer name.
4657 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4658 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4659 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4661 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4663 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4665 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4666 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4667 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4668 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4669 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4671 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4673 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4675 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4677 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4678 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4679 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4680 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4681 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4682 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4683 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4687 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4688 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4689 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4690 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4691 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4692 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4696 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4697 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4698 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4700 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4702 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4706 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4707 ;;;;;; (17623 45180))
4708 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4710 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4711 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4712 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4714 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4715 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4717 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4719 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4720 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4721 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4723 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4724 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4725 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4726 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4728 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4729 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4730 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4731 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4733 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4734 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4735 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4736 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4738 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4739 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4740 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4741 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4742 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4748 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4749 ;;;;;; (17704 3960))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4752 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4753 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4754 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4756 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4757 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4759 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4761 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4762 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4768 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4769 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4770 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4771 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17330 42405))
4772 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4774 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4775 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4776 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4777 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4780 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4782 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4783 | | 1:tc or top-center
4784 | | 2:tr or top-right
4785 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4786 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4787 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4788 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4789 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4790 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4792 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4793 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4794 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4795 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4798 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4799 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4800 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4802 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4806 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4810 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4813 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4814 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4815 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4816 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4818 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4820 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4821 Compose characters in the current region.
4823 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4824 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4826 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4828 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4829 specifying the region.
4831 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4832 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4833 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4835 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4836 of the text in the region.
4838 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4840 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4841 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4842 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4843 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4845 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4846 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4849 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4850 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4851 text in the composition.
4853 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4855 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4856 Decompose text in the current region.
4858 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4859 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4861 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4863 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4864 Compose characters in string STRING.
4866 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4867 the characters in it.
4869 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4870 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4871 STRING respectively.
4873 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4874 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4875 `compose-region' for more detail.
4877 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4878 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4879 text in the composition.
4881 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4883 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4884 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4886 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4888 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4889 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4890 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4891 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4892 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4893 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4894 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4895 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4897 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4899 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4900 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4902 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4903 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4905 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4906 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4908 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4909 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4911 If no composition is found, return nil.
4913 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4914 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4916 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4917 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4918 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4920 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4922 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4924 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4925 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4926 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4928 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4930 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4932 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4934 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4935 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4937 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4938 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4939 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4940 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4941 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4942 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4943 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4946 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4948 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4949 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4951 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4953 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4954 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4956 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4958 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4960 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4961 Compose last characters.
4962 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4963 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4964 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4965 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4966 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4967 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4968 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4969 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4970 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4971 after a sequence of character events.
4974 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4976 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4977 Convert CHAR to string.
4979 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4980 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4981 vector of CHAR respectively.
4982 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4984 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4986 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4990 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4991 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4992 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4993 ;;;;;; (17680 21833))
4994 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4996 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4997 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4998 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4999 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5000 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5001 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5002 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5004 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5005 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5006 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5008 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5009 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5010 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5012 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5013 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5014 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5015 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5017 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5018 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5019 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5020 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5021 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5022 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5023 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5029 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5030 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5031 Comments start with `#'.
5032 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5034 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5044 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5045 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5046 Comments start with `;'.
5047 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5049 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5051 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5052 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5053 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5055 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5056 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5060 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5061 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5062 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5063 between `/*' and `*/'.
5064 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5066 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5067 // another kind of comment
5079 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5080 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5081 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5082 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5083 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5084 `conf-space-keywords'.
5085 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5086 in an interactive fashion instead.
5088 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5090 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5092 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5096 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5098 # Standard multimedia devices
5099 add /dev/audio desktop
5100 add /dev/mixer desktop
5104 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5105 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5106 See `conf-space-mode'.
5108 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5110 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5111 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5112 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5113 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5115 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5117 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5118 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5122 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5123 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5124 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5125 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5127 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5129 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5130 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5134 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5135 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5136 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5137 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5139 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5148 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5149 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17565 13042))
5150 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5152 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5153 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5154 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5155 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5157 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5159 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5160 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5161 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5162 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5164 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5166 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5167 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5168 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5169 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5171 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5173 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5174 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5176 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5180 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5181 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17383 40536))
5182 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5184 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5185 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5186 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5187 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5188 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5189 following the copyright are updated as well.
5190 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5193 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5195 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5196 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5197 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5201 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5202 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5204 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5208 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5209 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17725 15204))
5210 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5212 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5213 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5214 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5215 Tab indents for Perl code.
5216 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5217 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5219 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5220 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5221 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5222 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5223 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5224 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5225 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5226 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5227 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5228 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5229 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5230 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5232 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5234 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5235 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5237 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5239 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5240 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5241 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5242 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5243 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5244 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5245 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5246 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5247 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5249 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5253 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5254 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5255 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5258 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5259 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5260 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5262 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5264 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5265 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5266 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5267 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5268 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5270 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5280 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5281 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5282 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5283 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5284 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5285 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5286 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5287 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5288 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5289 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5290 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5291 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5292 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5294 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5295 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5296 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5297 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5298 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5299 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5301 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5302 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5305 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5306 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5307 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5308 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5309 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5311 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5312 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5313 span the needed amount of lines.
5315 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5316 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5317 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5318 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5320 Variables controlling indentation style:
5321 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5322 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5323 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5324 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5325 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5326 `cperl-auto-newline'
5327 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5328 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5329 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5330 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5331 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5332 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5333 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5334 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5335 `cperl-indent-level'
5336 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5337 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5338 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5339 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5340 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5341 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5342 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5343 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5344 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5345 `cperl-brace-offset'
5346 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5347 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5348 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5349 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5350 `cperl-label-offset'
5351 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5352 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5353 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5355 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5356 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5357 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5358 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5359 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5360 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5362 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5363 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5364 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5365 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5367 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5368 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5369 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5370 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5371 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5372 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5374 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5375 column 0 is indented on
5376 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5378 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5381 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5382 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5383 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5387 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5388 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5392 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5393 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5399 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5400 ;;;;;; (17388 57141))
5401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5403 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5404 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5405 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5406 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5407 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5411 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5412 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5418 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5419 ;;;;;; (17383 40545))
5420 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5422 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5423 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5424 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5425 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5428 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5430 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5432 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5433 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5434 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5438 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5442 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5443 ;;;;;; (17506 11763))
5444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5446 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5447 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5448 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5449 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5451 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5452 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5453 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5454 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5456 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5457 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5458 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5460 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5461 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5464 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5465 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5466 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5468 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5470 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5471 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5472 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5474 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5478 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5479 ;;;;;; (17663 11728))
5480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5482 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5483 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5484 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5485 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5486 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5487 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5489 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5491 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5492 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5493 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5494 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5495 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5497 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5498 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5499 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5500 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5501 function of these prefix keys.
5503 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5504 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5506 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5507 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5508 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5510 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5511 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5512 the prefix fallback behavior.
5514 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5515 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5516 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5517 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5521 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5522 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5525 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5526 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5527 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5528 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5529 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5530 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5531 (if user-init-file (concat
5532 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5533 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5537 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5538 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5539 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5540 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5541 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5542 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5543 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5544 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5545 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17743 47241))
5546 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5547 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5549 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5550 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5552 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5553 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5555 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5556 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5558 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5560 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5562 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5563 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5564 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5566 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5567 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5569 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5570 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5572 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5573 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5575 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5576 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5578 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5580 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5582 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5583 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5586 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5587 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5589 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5590 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5592 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5593 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5595 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5596 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5598 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5600 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5602 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5603 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5604 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5605 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5606 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5610 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5611 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5612 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5613 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5617 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5618 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5622 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5623 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5627 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5629 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5630 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5632 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5634 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5636 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5637 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5638 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5640 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5642 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5643 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5644 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5645 as part of Emacs itself.
5647 Each elements looks like this:
5649 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5651 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5652 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5653 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5654 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5655 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5656 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5657 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5660 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5662 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5663 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5664 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5665 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5666 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5668 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5669 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5670 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5671 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5673 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5675 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5676 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5677 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5678 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5679 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5681 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5682 that were added or redefined since that version.
5684 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5686 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5687 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5688 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5689 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5691 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5692 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5694 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5696 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5697 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5698 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5700 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5701 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5703 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5705 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5706 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5710 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5711 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5715 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5716 Customize all already saved user options.
5720 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5721 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5722 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5723 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5724 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5725 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5726 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5727 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5729 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5731 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5732 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5733 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5734 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5736 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5738 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5739 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5741 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5743 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5744 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5746 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5748 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5749 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5750 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5751 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5752 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5755 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5757 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5758 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5759 The result includes selecting that window.
5760 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5761 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5762 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5765 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5767 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5768 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5770 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5772 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5773 File used for storing customization information.
5774 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5775 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5776 it should be an absolute file name.
5778 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5779 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5780 something like the following in your init file:
5782 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5785 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5786 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5788 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5789 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5790 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5791 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5792 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5794 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5795 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5796 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5797 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5798 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5799 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5800 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5801 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5802 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5803 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5805 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5807 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5808 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5812 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5813 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5817 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5818 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5819 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5821 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5823 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5824 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5825 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5826 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5827 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5829 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5833 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5834 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17383 40486))
5835 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5837 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5838 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5840 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5842 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5843 Alist of face attributes.
5845 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5846 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5847 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5848 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5849 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5850 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5852 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5853 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5854 customization type TYPE).
5856 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5857 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5858 given face attribute.")
5860 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5861 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5862 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5863 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5865 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5867 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5868 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5869 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5870 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5871 between themes and faces.
5872 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5874 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5875 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5877 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5879 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5880 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5881 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5885 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5887 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5889 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5890 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5891 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5893 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5897 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5899 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5903 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5904 ;;;;;; (17632 36218))
5905 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5907 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5908 Create a custom theme.
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5915 ;;;;;; (17493 6877))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5918 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5919 Mode used for cvs status output.
5925 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5926 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17388 57141))
5927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5929 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5930 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5932 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5933 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5934 C++ modes are included.
5936 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5940 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5943 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5944 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5948 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5949 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5950 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5953 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5955 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
5957 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5958 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5959 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5960 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5961 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5967 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5968 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5969 ;;;;;; (17113 1824))
5970 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5972 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5973 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5975 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5977 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5978 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5980 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5982 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5983 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5984 For readability, the table is slightly
5985 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5987 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5988 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5989 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5990 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5991 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5993 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5997 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5998 ;;;;;; (17383 40487))
5999 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6000 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6001 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6003 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6004 Completion on current word.
6005 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6006 and presents suggestions for completion.
6008 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6009 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6012 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6013 then it searches *all* buffers.
6015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6017 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6018 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6020 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6021 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6022 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6023 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6024 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6026 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6027 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6029 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6030 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6031 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6033 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6034 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6036 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6042 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17388
6044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6046 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6047 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6049 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6050 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6051 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6053 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6054 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6055 Data lines are not indented.
6060 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6062 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6063 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6064 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6065 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6067 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6070 Extra indentation within blocks.
6072 dcl-continuation-offset
6073 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6076 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6078 dcl-margin-label-offset
6079 Indentation for a label.
6081 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6082 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6084 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6085 dcl-block-end-regexp
6086 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6087 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6088 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6089 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6090 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6092 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6093 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6094 Two such functions are included in the package:
6095 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6096 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6098 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6099 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6100 One such function is included in the package:
6101 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6103 dcl-tab-always-indent
6104 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6105 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6108 dcl-electric-characters
6109 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6112 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6113 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6114 which words trigger electric indentation.
6117 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6118 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6119 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6121 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6122 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6123 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6124 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6126 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6127 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6128 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6129 dcl-imenu-label-call
6130 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6132 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6133 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6134 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6135 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6138 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6140 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6141 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6142 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6144 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6145 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6149 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6150 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6151 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6152 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6153 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6154 \"lined up with the command line\"
6156 Data lines are not indented at all.
6157 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6162 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6163 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6169 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6170 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17440 26396))
6171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6173 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6175 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6176 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6177 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6180 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6181 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6182 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6184 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6186 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6187 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6189 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6191 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6192 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6193 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6194 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6195 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6196 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6198 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6199 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6201 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6203 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6204 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6205 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6206 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6207 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6209 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6213 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6214 ;;;;;; (17382 22974))
6215 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6217 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6218 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6222 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6223 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6224 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6225 Upper-case letters are commands.
6227 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6230 The most useful commands are:
6231 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6232 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6233 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6234 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6235 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6236 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6242 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6243 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17681
6245 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6247 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6248 Customization of `columns' group.
6252 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6253 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6255 START and END delimits the text region.
6257 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6259 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6260 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6262 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6264 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6268 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17602
6270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6272 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6273 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6274 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6275 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6276 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6277 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6279 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6283 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6284 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6285 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6286 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6287 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6288 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6289 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6290 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6291 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6292 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6293 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6294 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6296 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6297 Directories to search when finding external units.
6298 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6299 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6303 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6304 Face used to color delphi comments.
6305 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6306 Face used to color delphi strings.
6307 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6308 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6309 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6310 Face used to color everything else.
6312 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6313 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6315 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6319 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17383
6321 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6323 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6325 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6326 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6327 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6329 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6330 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6332 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6334 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6335 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6336 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6339 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6340 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6341 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6348 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6349 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17383 40537))
6350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6352 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6353 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6355 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6357 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6358 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6359 or nil if there is no parent.
6360 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6361 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6362 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6363 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6364 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6366 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6367 arguments are currently understood:
6369 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6370 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6372 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6373 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6375 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6376 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6378 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6380 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6382 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6383 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6384 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6386 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6387 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6389 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6390 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6391 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6393 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6394 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6396 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6397 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6399 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6401 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6403 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6404 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6405 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6406 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6407 the first time the mode is used.
6409 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6414 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17383 40488))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6417 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6418 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6419 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6420 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6421 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6424 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6426 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6427 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6428 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6429 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6430 character composition information (if relevant),
6431 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6437 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6438 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6439 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6440 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17672 28070))
6441 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6443 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6444 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6445 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6447 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6449 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6450 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6451 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6452 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6453 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6454 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6458 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6459 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6460 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6461 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6463 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6465 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6466 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6467 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6469 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6470 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6471 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6473 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6474 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6476 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6477 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6478 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6480 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6481 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6482 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6483 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6485 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6487 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6488 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6490 Handlers are called with argument list
6492 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6494 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6496 desktop-file-version
6497 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6498 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6499 desktop-buffer-point
6501 desktop-buffer-read-only
6502 desktop-buffer-locals
6504 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6505 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6507 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6510 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6512 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6513 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6515 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6517 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6519 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6520 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6521 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6522 List elements must have the form
6524 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6526 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6529 Handlers are called with argument list
6531 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6533 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6535 desktop-file-version
6536 desktop-buffer-file-name
6538 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6539 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6540 desktop-buffer-point
6542 desktop-buffer-read-only
6545 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6546 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6549 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6552 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6554 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6555 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6557 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6559 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6561 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6563 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6565 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6566 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6567 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6571 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6572 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6573 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6574 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6576 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6578 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6579 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6580 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6584 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6585 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6586 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6587 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6588 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6589 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6590 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6591 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6593 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6595 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6596 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6597 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6601 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6602 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6603 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6604 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6607 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6609 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6610 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6614 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6615 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6621 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6622 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6623 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17490 31060))
6624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6626 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6627 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6628 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6629 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6630 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6631 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6633 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6635 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6636 Repair a broken attribution line.
6637 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6639 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6641 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6642 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6643 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6644 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6646 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6648 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6649 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6655 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6656 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17113 1825))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6659 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6661 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6664 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6666 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6673 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6674 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17518 5769))
6675 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6677 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6678 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6679 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6680 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6681 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6685 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6686 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6687 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6688 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6690 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6691 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6692 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6693 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6696 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6698 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6699 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6700 european-calendar-style t \\
6701 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6702 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6703 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6705 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6706 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6707 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6708 to run it every morning at 1am.
6710 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6712 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6713 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6719 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6720 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17544 39648))
6721 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6723 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6724 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6726 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6728 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6729 *The command to use to run diff.")
6731 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6733 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6734 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6735 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6736 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6737 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6738 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6740 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6742 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6743 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6744 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6745 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6746 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6747 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6749 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6753 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6754 ;;;;;; (17672 28070))
6755 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6757 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6758 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6759 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6761 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6762 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6763 headers for you on-the-fly.
6765 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6766 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6767 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6772 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6773 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6774 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6780 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6781 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6782 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6783 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6784 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17743 34996))
6785 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6787 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6788 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6789 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6790 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6791 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6792 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6793 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6794 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6796 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6798 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6799 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6801 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6802 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6803 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6804 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6805 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6807 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6808 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6810 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6811 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6812 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6813 always set this variable to t.")
6815 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6817 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6818 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6819 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6820 A value of t means move to first file.")
6822 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6824 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6825 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6826 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6827 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6828 are afterward marked with that character.")
6830 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6832 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6833 *Controls marking of copied files.
6834 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6835 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6837 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6839 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6840 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6841 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6842 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6844 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6846 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6847 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6848 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6849 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6851 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6853 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6854 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6855 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6856 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6858 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6860 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6862 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6863 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6864 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6866 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6868 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6869 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6870 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6871 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6872 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6873 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6875 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6876 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6877 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6878 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6879 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6880 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6881 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6882 list of files to make directory entries for.
6883 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6884 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6885 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6886 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6888 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6890 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6891 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6893 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6894 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6896 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6897 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6899 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6900 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6902 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6904 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6905 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6907 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6909 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6910 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6911 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6912 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6913 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6914 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6915 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6916 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6917 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6918 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6919 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6920 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6921 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6922 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6923 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6924 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6925 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6926 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6927 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6928 to see why something went wrong.
6929 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6930 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6931 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6932 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6933 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6934 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6935 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6936 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6937 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6938 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6939 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6940 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6941 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6943 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6944 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6945 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6946 again for the directory tree.
6948 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6951 `dired-listing-switches'
6952 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6953 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6956 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6957 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6958 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6959 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6961 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6963 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6964 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6971 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6972 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6976 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6977 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6978 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6979 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6980 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6981 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6982 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6983 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6984 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6985 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6986 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6987 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6988 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6989 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17742 17639))
6990 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6992 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6993 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6994 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6995 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6996 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6997 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6998 which is options for `diff'.
7000 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7002 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7003 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7004 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7005 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7006 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7007 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7009 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7011 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7012 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7013 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7014 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7015 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7016 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7017 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7019 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7021 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7022 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7023 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7024 returned by function `file-attributes'
7026 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7027 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7029 Examples of PREDICATE:
7031 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7032 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7033 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7034 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7035 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7037 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7039 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7040 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7041 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7045 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7046 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7050 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7051 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7055 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7056 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7061 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7062 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7063 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7064 `lpr-switches' as default.
7066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7068 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7069 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7070 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7071 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7072 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7074 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7075 with a prefix argument.
7079 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7080 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7081 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7082 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7083 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7085 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7086 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7088 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7089 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7090 file name substituted for `?'.
7092 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7093 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7095 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7096 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7097 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7098 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7100 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7102 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7103 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7104 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7106 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7107 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7110 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7111 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7112 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7114 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7116 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7119 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7121 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7122 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7123 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7124 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7125 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7126 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7127 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7128 from the buffer as well.
7129 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7130 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7131 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7133 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7135 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7138 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7140 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7143 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7145 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7146 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7150 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7151 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7155 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7156 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7160 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7161 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7162 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7163 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7165 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7166 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7167 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7168 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7169 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7170 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7171 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7173 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7175 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7178 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7180 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7183 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7185 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7186 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7188 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7190 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7193 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7195 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7198 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7200 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7201 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7203 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7205 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7206 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7207 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7208 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7209 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7210 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7211 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7212 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7213 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7215 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7220 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7221 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7222 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7223 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7224 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7225 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7226 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7227 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7231 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7232 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7233 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7234 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7235 and new hard links are made in that directory
7236 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7237 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7238 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7242 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7243 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7244 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7245 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7246 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7247 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7248 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7252 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7253 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7255 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7256 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7257 file if none are marked.
7259 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7260 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7261 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7262 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7264 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7265 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7267 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7269 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7270 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7271 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7273 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7275 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7276 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7277 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7279 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7281 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7282 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7283 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7285 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7287 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7288 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7292 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7293 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7297 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7298 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7299 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7300 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7301 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7302 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7304 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7306 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7307 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7308 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7309 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7310 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7311 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7312 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7314 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7316 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7317 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7318 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7319 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7320 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7321 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7323 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7325 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7327 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7328 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7329 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7331 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7333 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7334 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7335 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7336 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7340 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7341 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7342 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7343 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7347 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7348 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7349 Lower levels are unaffected.
7351 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7353 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7354 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7358 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7359 Go down in the dired tree.
7363 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7364 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7365 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7366 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7370 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7371 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7372 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7373 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7377 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7378 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7379 Stops when a match is found.
7380 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7382 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7384 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7385 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7386 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7387 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7388 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7390 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7392 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7393 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7394 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7395 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7397 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17656 34193))
7402 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7404 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7405 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7406 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7407 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7408 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7409 buffer and try again.
7411 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7415 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17586 63360))
7416 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7418 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7419 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7420 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7422 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7424 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7425 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7427 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7428 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7430 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7434 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17383
7436 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7438 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7439 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7440 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7441 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7442 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7443 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7445 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7449 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7450 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7451 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7452 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7453 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17383 40490))
7454 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7456 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7457 Return a new, empty display table.
7461 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7462 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7463 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7464 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7465 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7467 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7469 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7470 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7471 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7472 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7473 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7475 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7477 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7478 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7482 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7483 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7487 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7488 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7492 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7493 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7497 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7498 Display character C using printable string S.
7502 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7503 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7504 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7505 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7507 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7509 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7510 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7511 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7514 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7516 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7517 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7519 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7521 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7522 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7524 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7526 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7527 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7529 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7530 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7531 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7532 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7534 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7535 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7536 European character display.
7538 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7539 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7540 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7541 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7543 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7544 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7545 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7546 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7547 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7553 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7554 ;;;;;; (17382 22975))
7555 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7557 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7558 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7559 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7560 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7561 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7562 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7563 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7570 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17710 3074))
7571 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7573 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7574 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7575 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7576 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7577 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7578 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7580 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7581 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7582 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7583 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7584 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7586 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7590 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7591 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17628 62484))
7592 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7594 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7595 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7596 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7597 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7598 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7599 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7600 table and its own syntax table.
7602 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7605 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7607 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7608 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7611 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7615 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17366 47561))
7616 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7618 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7619 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7625 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7626 ;;;;;; (17383 40491))
7627 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7629 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7632 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7634 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7636 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7638 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7640 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7641 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7647 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17742 38237))
7648 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7650 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7651 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7657 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7658 ;;;;;; (17382 22952))
7659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7661 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7662 Play sounds in message buffers.
7668 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7669 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7670 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17656 34193))
7671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7673 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7675 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7676 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7677 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7678 and toggle command MODE.
7680 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7681 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7682 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7683 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7684 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7685 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7686 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7687 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7690 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7691 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7692 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7693 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7694 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7695 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7696 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7697 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7698 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7699 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7700 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7701 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7702 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7703 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7704 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7705 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7706 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7708 For example, you could write
7709 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7710 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7713 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7715 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7717 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7718 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7719 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7720 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7721 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7722 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7723 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7724 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7725 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7726 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7727 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7728 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7730 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7731 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7732 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7733 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7734 call another major mode in their body.
7736 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7738 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7739 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7740 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7741 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7742 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7743 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7744 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7746 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7748 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7751 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7753 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7754 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7755 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7757 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7761 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7762 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17383
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7766 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7768 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7769 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7771 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7772 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7773 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7775 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7776 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7780 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7781 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7785 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7786 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7790 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7791 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7793 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7795 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7797 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7799 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7800 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7802 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7803 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7805 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7807 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7809 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7813 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7814 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7815 computed automatically.
7816 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7820 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7822 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7823 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7824 keyboard equivalent.
7828 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7829 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7833 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7834 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7838 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7839 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7843 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7847 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7848 radio: A radio button.
7849 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7850 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7852 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7856 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7857 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7861 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7863 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7864 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7865 as a solid horizontal line.
7867 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7869 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7871 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7874 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7876 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7877 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7878 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7879 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7881 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7883 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7884 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7885 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7886 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7887 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7888 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7890 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7891 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7892 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7894 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7895 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7897 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7901 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7902 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7903 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7904 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7905 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7906 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7907 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7908 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17693 43099))
7909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7911 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7912 Customization for ebnf group.
7916 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7917 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7919 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7921 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7924 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7926 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7928 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7929 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7931 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7932 killed after process termination.
7934 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7936 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7938 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7939 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7941 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7942 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7945 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7946 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7947 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7948 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7950 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7952 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7953 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7954 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7956 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7958 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7959 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7961 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7963 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7966 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7968 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7970 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7971 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7973 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7974 killed after process termination.
7976 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7978 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7980 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7981 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7982 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7983 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7985 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7989 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7990 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7991 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7993 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7995 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7997 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7998 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8000 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8002 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8005 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8007 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8009 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8010 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8012 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8013 killed after EPS generation.
8015 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8017 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8019 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8020 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8022 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8023 The EPS file name has the following form:
8025 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8027 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8028 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8030 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8031 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8032 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8033 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8035 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8039 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8040 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8042 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8043 The EPS file name has the following form:
8045 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8047 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8048 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8050 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8051 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8052 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8053 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8055 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8057 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8059 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8061 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8062 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8064 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8066 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8069 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8071 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8073 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8074 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8076 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8077 killed after syntax checking.
8079 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8081 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8083 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8084 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8088 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8089 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8091 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8093 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8094 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8098 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8099 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8101 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8103 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8105 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8108 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8112 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8115 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8117 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8119 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8120 Set STYLE as the current style.
8122 It returns the old style symbol.
8124 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8128 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8129 Reset current style.
8131 It returns the old style symbol.
8133 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8135 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8137 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8138 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8140 It returns the old style symbol.
8142 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8144 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8146 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8147 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8149 It returns the old style symbol.
8151 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8157 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8158 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8159 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8160 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8161 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8162 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8163 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8164 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8165 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8166 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8167 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17588
8169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8171 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8172 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8173 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8174 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8175 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8176 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8178 Tree mode key bindings:
8179 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8183 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8184 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8188 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8189 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8191 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8195 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8196 View declaration of member at point.
8200 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8201 Find declaration of member at point.
8205 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8206 View definition of member at point.
8210 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8211 Find definition of member at point.
8215 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8216 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8220 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8221 View definition of member at point in other window.
8225 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8226 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8230 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8231 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8235 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8236 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8240 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8241 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8245 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8246 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8247 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8248 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8251 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8253 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8254 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8255 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8256 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8258 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8260 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8261 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8262 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8263 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8265 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8267 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8268 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8269 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8271 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8273 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8274 Search for call sites of a member.
8275 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8276 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8277 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8278 looks like a function call to the member.
8280 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8282 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8283 Move backward in the position stack.
8284 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8288 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8289 Move forward in the position stack.
8290 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8294 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8295 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8299 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8300 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8304 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8305 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8306 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8307 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8309 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8311 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8312 Display statistics for a class tree.
8318 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8319 ;;;;;; (17383 40491))
8320 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8322 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8323 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8324 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8325 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8327 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8328 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8329 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8331 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8332 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8333 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8335 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8337 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8343 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8344 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17383 40491))
8345 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8347 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8348 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8349 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8351 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8355 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8356 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8357 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17628 62479))
8358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8360 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8361 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8362 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8363 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8364 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8366 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8367 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8368 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8369 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8371 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8373 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8374 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8375 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8376 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8378 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8380 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8381 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8382 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8383 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8385 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8387 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8389 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8390 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8391 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8392 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8393 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8395 If you do this on a function definition
8396 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8397 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8398 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8399 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8401 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8402 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8403 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8404 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8409 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8410 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8414 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8415 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8421 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8422 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8423 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8424 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8425 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8426 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8427 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8428 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8429 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8430 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17725 15202))
8431 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8433 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8434 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8436 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8438 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8439 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8441 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8443 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8445 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8447 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8448 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8449 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8450 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8454 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8455 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8457 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8459 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8461 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8462 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8464 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8466 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8468 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8469 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8470 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8471 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8473 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8475 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8477 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8478 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8479 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8480 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8482 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8484 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8486 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8487 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8488 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8489 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8491 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8493 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8495 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8496 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8497 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8498 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8500 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8502 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8504 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8505 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8506 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8507 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8508 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8509 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8511 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8513 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8514 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8515 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8516 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8518 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8520 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8522 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8523 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8524 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8525 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8527 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8529 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8531 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8533 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8534 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8535 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8537 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8538 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8540 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8542 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8543 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8544 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8546 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8547 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8549 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8551 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8552 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8553 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8554 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8555 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8557 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8558 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8560 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8562 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8563 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8564 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8565 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8566 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8568 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8569 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8570 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8572 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8574 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8576 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8577 Merge two files without ancestor.
8579 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8581 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8582 Merge two files with ancestor.
8584 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8586 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8588 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8589 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8591 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8593 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8594 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8596 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8598 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8599 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8600 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8603 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8605 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8606 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8607 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8610 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8612 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8613 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8614 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8615 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8619 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8620 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8621 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8622 and don't ask the user.
8623 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8624 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8626 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8628 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8629 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8630 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8631 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8632 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8633 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8634 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8635 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8637 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8639 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8641 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8643 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8644 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8645 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8646 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8647 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8649 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8651 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8653 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8654 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8655 When called interactively, displays the version.
8659 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8660 Display Ediff's manual.
8661 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8663 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8667 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8668 ;;;;;; (17400 31412))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8671 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17400 31413))
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8681 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8682 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8684 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8686 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8690 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8691 ;;;;;; (17725 15202))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8694 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8695 Display Ediff's registry.
8699 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8703 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8704 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17680 21830))
8705 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8707 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8708 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8709 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8714 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8715 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8716 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8717 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8723 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8724 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8725 ;;;;;; (17618 27597))
8726 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8728 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8729 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8730 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8732 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8733 Edit a keyboard macro.
8734 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8735 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8736 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8738 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8740 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8742 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8743 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8745 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8747 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8748 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8750 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8752 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8753 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8754 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8755 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8756 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8757 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8759 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8760 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8761 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8762 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8764 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8766 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8767 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8768 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8769 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8770 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8771 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8773 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8777 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8778 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17383 40546))
8779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8781 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8783 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8784 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8786 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8788 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8789 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8795 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8796 ;;;;;; (17383 40494))
8797 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8799 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8800 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8801 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8802 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8803 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8804 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8805 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8806 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8808 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8809 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8811 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8812 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8813 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8814 this value is non-nil.
8816 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8817 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8818 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8820 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8821 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8822 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8824 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8826 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8829 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8833 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8834 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17665 54361))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8837 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8838 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8840 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8842 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8843 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8844 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8845 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8846 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8847 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8848 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8850 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8854 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8855 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8859 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8860 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8861 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8862 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8863 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8864 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8867 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8868 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8872 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17383
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8876 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8877 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8879 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8880 an elided material again.
8882 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8888 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8889 ;;;;;; (17383 40538))
8890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8892 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8899 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8900 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17383
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8904 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8905 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8906 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8908 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8910 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8911 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8912 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8914 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8916 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8917 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8918 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8920 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8922 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8924 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8925 Display current profiling results.
8926 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8927 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8934 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8935 ;;;;;; (17742 35687))
8936 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8938 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8939 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8940 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8942 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8946 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8947 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8948 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8949 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8950 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 38882))
8951 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8953 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8954 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8955 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8956 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8957 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8958 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8959 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8960 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8961 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8962 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8963 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8964 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8965 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8966 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8967 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8968 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8970 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8971 Run Emerge on two files.
8973 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8975 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8976 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8978 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8980 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8981 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8983 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8985 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8986 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8988 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8990 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8995 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9000 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9003 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9005 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9008 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9010 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9011 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9013 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9015 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9016 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9018 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9020 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9023 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9027 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9028 ;;;;;; (17113 1815))
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9031 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9032 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9033 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9035 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9036 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9038 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9040 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9041 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9042 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9044 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9045 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9048 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9049 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9050 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9056 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9057 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17742 38598))
9058 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9060 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9061 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9062 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9063 text/enriched format.
9064 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9066 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9067 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9071 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9075 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9078 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9080 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9083 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9087 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-select erc-select-read-args)
9088 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (17746 35371))
9089 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9091 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9092 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9096 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
9097 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9098 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9099 (server (erc-compute-server))
9100 (port (erc-compute-port))
9101 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9103 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9105 That is, if called with
9107 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9109 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9110 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9111 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9113 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9115 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9116 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9117 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9118 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9120 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17742
9126 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9127 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17448 11340))
9132 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9133 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17372 48745))
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9139 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9143 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9144 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17742 35301))
9145 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9147 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9148 Parser for /dcc command.
9149 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9150 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9151 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9153 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9155 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9156 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9160 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9161 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9163 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9164 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9165 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9168 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9173 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9174 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9175 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9176 ;;;;;; (17468 13255))
9177 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9179 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9180 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9182 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9184 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9185 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9186 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9187 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9189 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9191 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9194 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9196 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9197 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9199 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9201 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9202 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9204 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9206 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9207 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9209 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9211 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9212 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9214 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9216 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9217 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9219 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9221 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9222 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9224 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9226 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9227 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9231 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9232 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9238 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17391
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9243 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9244 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9245 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17391
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9254 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9258 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9259 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17591 28069))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9261 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9263 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9264 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9265 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9266 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9267 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9268 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9271 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9273 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9276 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9280 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9281 ;;;;;; (17591 28070))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9284 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17468 13256))
9292 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9293 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9297 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9298 ;;;;;; (17391 40942))
9299 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9300 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9302 (autoload (quote erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "\
9303 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9304 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9307 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9309 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9310 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9311 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9312 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9314 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9318 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9319 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17623 45181))
9320 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9321 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9323 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9324 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9325 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9326 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9327 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9328 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9330 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9332 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9333 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9334 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9335 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9337 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9338 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9341 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9342 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9344 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9348 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9349 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9350 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9351 ;;;;;; (17632 36219))
9352 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9353 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9355 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9356 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9360 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9361 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9365 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9366 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9370 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9371 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9375 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9376 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9380 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9381 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9385 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9386 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9390 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9391 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9397 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9398 ;;;;;; (17468 13256))
9399 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9400 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9402 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9409 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9410 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17391 40942))
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9413 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9414 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9415 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9416 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9420 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9421 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9427 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9428 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17391 40943))
9429 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9430 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9432 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9433 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9434 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9435 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9437 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9439 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17391 40943))
9447 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9448 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17591
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9455 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17391 40943))
9460 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9461 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17391 40943))
9466 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9467 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9472 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17391 40943))
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9474 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9476 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9477 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9481 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9482 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9483 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9485 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17391 40944))
9490 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9491 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9495 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9496 ;;;;;; (17391 40944))
9497 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9499 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9500 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9501 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17618
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9510 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17397 11012))
9515 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9516 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17591 28070))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9522 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9523 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9527 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9528 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17742 35362))
9529 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9530 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9532 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9533 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9534 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9535 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9537 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9539 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9540 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9541 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9547 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9548 ;;;;;; (17391 40945))
9549 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9551 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9552 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9558 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17383
9560 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9562 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9563 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9571 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17383
9573 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9575 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9576 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9582 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9583 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17427 24976))
9584 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9586 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9587 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9588 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9589 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9590 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9591 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9592 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9593 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9594 buffer selected (or created).
9596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9598 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9599 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9600 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9602 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9604 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9605 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9606 The result might be any Lisp object.
9607 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9608 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9609 corresponding to a successful execution.
9611 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9613 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9614 Report a bug in Eshell.
9615 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9616 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9622 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9623 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9624 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9625 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9626 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9627 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9628 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9629 ;;;;;; (17409 38388))
9630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9632 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9633 *File name of tags table.
9634 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9635 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9636 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9637 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9639 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9640 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9641 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9642 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9644 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9646 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9647 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9648 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9649 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9650 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9651 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9653 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9655 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9656 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9657 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9658 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9659 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9660 `auto-compression-mode').")
9662 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9664 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9665 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9666 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9667 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9668 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9670 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9672 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9673 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9674 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9675 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9677 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9679 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9680 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9681 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9682 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9683 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9685 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9687 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9688 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9692 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9693 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9694 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9695 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9697 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9698 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9699 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9700 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9701 file the tag was in.
9703 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9705 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9706 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9707 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9708 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9709 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9710 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9711 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9712 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9713 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9715 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9717 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9718 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9719 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9720 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9721 without directory names.
9725 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9726 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9727 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9728 but does not select the buffer.
9729 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9731 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9732 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9733 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9734 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9735 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9737 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9739 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9740 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9741 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9743 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9745 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9747 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9748 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9749 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9750 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9752 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9753 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9754 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9755 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9756 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9758 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9760 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9761 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9762 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9764 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9766 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9767 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9769 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9770 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9771 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9772 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9773 around or before point.
9775 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9776 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9777 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9778 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9779 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9781 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9783 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9784 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9785 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9787 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9789 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9790 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9792 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9793 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9794 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9795 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9796 around or before point.
9798 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9799 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9800 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9801 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9802 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9804 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9806 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9807 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9808 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9810 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9812 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9813 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9815 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9816 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9817 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9819 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9820 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9821 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9822 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9823 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9825 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9827 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9828 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9829 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9831 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9833 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9834 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9835 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9837 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9838 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9840 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9841 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9842 where they were found.
9846 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9847 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9849 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9850 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9851 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9853 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9854 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9856 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9857 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9859 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9861 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9862 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9863 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9864 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9866 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9867 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9868 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9869 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9870 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9872 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9873 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9875 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9876 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9877 Stops when a match is found.
9878 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9880 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9882 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9884 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9885 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9886 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9887 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9888 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9890 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9892 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9894 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9895 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9896 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9897 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9898 directory specification.
9900 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9902 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9903 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9905 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9907 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9908 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9909 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9910 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9914 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9915 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9916 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9917 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9918 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9924 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9925 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9926 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9927 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9928 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9929 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9930 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9931 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17557 12727))
9932 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9934 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9939 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9940 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9941 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9942 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9944 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9945 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9948 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9949 even if the buffer is read-only.
9951 See also the descriptions of the variables
9952 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9953 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9955 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9957 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9958 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9960 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9961 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9963 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9964 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9967 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9968 buffer is read-only.
9970 See also the descriptions of the variables
9971 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9972 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9974 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9976 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9977 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9978 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9982 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9983 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9985 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9986 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9988 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9989 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9993 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9994 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9995 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9996 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9998 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10000 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10001 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10002 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10003 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10005 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10006 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10007 the primary language.
10009 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10010 buffer is read-only.
10012 See also the descriptions of the variables
10013 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10014 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10016 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10018 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10019 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10020 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10021 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10023 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10024 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10027 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10028 buffer is read-only.
10030 See also the descriptions of the variables
10031 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10032 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10034 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10036 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10037 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10038 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10042 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10043 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10045 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10046 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10047 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10048 3) convert the body into SERA.
10050 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10054 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10055 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10056 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10058 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10060 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10061 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10065 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10066 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10068 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10069 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10072 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10073 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10074 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10076 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10078 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10080 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10081 Allow the user to input special characters.
10085 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10086 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10087 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10091 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10092 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10096 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10097 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10099 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10100 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10102 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10103 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10107 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10108 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10112 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10113 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10117 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10118 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10125 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10126 ;;;;;; (17383 40564))
10127 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10129 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10130 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10131 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10132 server for future sessions.
10134 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10136 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10137 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10138 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10140 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10142 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10143 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10144 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10146 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10148 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10149 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10150 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10151 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10152 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10153 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10154 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10155 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10156 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10157 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10158 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10159 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10161 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10163 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10164 Display a form to query the directory server.
10165 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10166 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10168 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10170 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10171 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10172 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10176 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
10180 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10181 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10182 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17383 40562))
10183 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10185 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
10186 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10188 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10190 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
10191 Display URL and make it clickable.
10193 \(fn URL)" nil nil
)
10195 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
10196 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10198 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
10200 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
10201 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10203 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10205 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
10206 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10208 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10210 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
10211 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10213 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10217 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10218 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17383 40562))
10219 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10221 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
10222 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10223 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10227 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
10228 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10234 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10235 ;;;;;; (17383 40563))
10236 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10238 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10239 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10245 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17531
10247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10249 (autoload (quote ewoc-create
) "ewoc" "\
10250 Create an empty ewoc.
10252 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10254 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10255 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10256 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10257 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10258 `insert-before-markers'.
10260 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10261 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10262 respectively, of the ewoc.
10264 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10265 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10266 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10268 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10272 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10273 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10274 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10275 ;;;;;; (17388 57143))
10276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10278 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p
) "executable" "\
10279 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10280 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10282 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10284 (autoload (quote executable-interpret
) "executable" "\
10285 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10286 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10287 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10288 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10290 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10292 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
10293 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10294 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10295 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10296 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10299 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10301 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
10302 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10303 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10307 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
10308 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10309 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10316 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10317 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17739 37746))
10318 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10320 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
10321 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10322 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10323 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10325 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10327 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10328 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10329 to generate such functions.
10331 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10332 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10333 beginning of the expanded text.
10335 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10336 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10337 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10338 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10340 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10342 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10344 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
10345 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10346 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10350 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
10351 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10352 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10355 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10356 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10360 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17386 21910))
10361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10363 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
10364 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10365 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10367 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10368 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10369 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10371 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10376 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10379 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10381 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10383 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10384 `f90-program-indent'
10385 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10387 `f90-continuation-indent'
10388 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10389 `f90-comment-region'
10390 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10391 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10392 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10393 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10395 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10396 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10397 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10398 `f90-break-delimiters'
10399 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10400 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10401 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10402 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10404 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10405 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10407 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10408 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10409 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10410 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10411 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10412 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10413 `f90-leave-line-no'
10414 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10416 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10417 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10423 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10424 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10425 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10426 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10427 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17718 30634))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10429 (define-key global-map
"\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap
)
10430 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
10432 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
10433 Menu keymap for faces.")
10435 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
10437 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
10438 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10440 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
10442 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
10443 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10445 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
10447 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10448 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10450 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10452 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10453 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10455 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10457 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10458 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10460 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10462 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10463 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10465 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10467 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10469 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10471 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10473 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10474 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10476 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10477 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10478 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10479 to the faces to use for the next character
10480 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10481 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10483 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10484 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10485 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10486 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10487 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10488 preceding faces (including FACE).
10490 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10491 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10493 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10495 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10496 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10497 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10499 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10500 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10503 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10504 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10505 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10507 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10509 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10510 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10511 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10513 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10514 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10517 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10518 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10519 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10521 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10523 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10524 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10525 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10526 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10527 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10528 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10529 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10531 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10532 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10535 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10536 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10537 to insert cancels the specification.
10539 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10541 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10542 Make the region invisible.
10543 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10544 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10546 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10548 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10549 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10550 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10551 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10553 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10555 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10556 Make the region unmodifiable.
10557 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10558 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10560 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10562 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10563 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10565 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10567 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10568 Remove all text properties from the region.
10570 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10572 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10573 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10574 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10576 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10578 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10579 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10581 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10583 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10584 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10585 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10586 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10587 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10588 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10590 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10594 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10595 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10596 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17742 37780))
10597 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10599 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10600 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10601 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10602 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10606 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10607 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10611 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10612 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10613 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10614 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10618 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10619 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10620 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10621 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10622 backup file names and the like).
10624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10626 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10627 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10628 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10629 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10630 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10631 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10632 internally by feedmail):
10634 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10635 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10636 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10637 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10639 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10640 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10641 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10642 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10643 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10645 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10649 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10650 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17743 34996))
10651 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10653 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10654 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10655 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10656 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10657 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10658 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10659 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10661 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10663 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10664 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10665 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10666 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10667 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10668 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10669 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10671 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10673 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10675 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10676 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10677 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10678 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10679 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10680 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10682 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10684 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10685 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10686 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10688 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10689 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10694 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10695 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10697 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10699 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10700 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10706 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10707 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10708 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10709 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17669 35274))
10710 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10712 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10713 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10714 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10715 be added to the cache.
10717 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10719 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10720 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10721 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10722 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10723 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10725 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10727 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10728 Add FILE to the file cache.
10732 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10733 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10734 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10736 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10738 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10739 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10740 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10742 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10744 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10745 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10746 This function does not use any external programs
10747 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10748 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10749 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10751 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10753 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10754 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10755 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10756 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10757 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10758 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10759 \(directories) is done.
10762 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10763 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10764 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10768 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17715
10770 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10772 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10773 Filesets initialization.
10774 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17743 34997))
10781 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10782 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10786 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10787 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10788 ;;;;;; (17650 60974))
10789 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10791 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10792 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10793 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10794 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10795 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10797 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10799 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10800 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10801 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10802 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10803 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10805 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10807 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10808 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10809 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10810 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10812 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10814 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10815 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10816 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10818 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10820 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10821 as the final argument.
10823 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10825 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10826 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10827 and run dired on those files.
10828 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10829 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10831 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10833 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10835 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10836 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10837 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10839 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10841 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10843 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10847 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10848 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10849 ;;;;;; (17594 49968))
10850 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10852 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10853 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10854 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10855 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10856 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10857 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10858 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10860 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10861 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10862 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10864 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10866 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10868 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10870 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10871 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10872 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10874 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10875 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10877 Variables of interest include:
10879 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10880 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10881 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10883 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10884 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10885 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10887 - `ff-ignore-include'
10888 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10890 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10891 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10894 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10896 - `ff-special-constructs'
10897 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10898 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10899 extracting the filename from that construct.
10901 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10902 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10904 - `ff-search-directories'
10905 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10906 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10908 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10909 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10911 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10912 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10914 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10915 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10917 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10918 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10920 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10921 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10923 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10925 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10926 Visit the file you click on.
10928 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10930 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10931 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10933 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10937 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10938 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10939 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10940 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10941 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10942 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10943 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17739 37748))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10946 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10947 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10949 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10951 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10952 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10953 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10954 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10956 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10957 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10958 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10959 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10961 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10963 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10964 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10966 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10967 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10968 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10969 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10971 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10972 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10975 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10977 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10978 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10980 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10981 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10982 places point before the definition.
10983 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10985 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10986 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10987 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10989 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10991 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10992 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10994 See `find-function' for more details.
10996 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10998 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10999 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11001 See `find-function' for more details.
11003 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11005 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11006 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11008 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11009 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11010 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11012 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11013 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11015 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11017 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11018 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
11020 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11021 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11022 places point before the definition.
11024 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11026 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11027 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11028 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11030 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11032 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11033 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11035 See `find-variable' for more details.
11037 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11039 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11040 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11042 See `find-variable' for more details.
11044 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11046 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11047 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11048 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11049 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11050 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11051 buffer nor display it.
11053 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11054 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11056 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11058 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11059 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11061 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11062 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11063 places point before the definition.
11065 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11067 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11068 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11069 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11073 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11074 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11075 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11079 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11080 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11084 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11085 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11089 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11090 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11096 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11097 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17394 24191))
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11100 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11101 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11103 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11105 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11106 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11110 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11111 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11113 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11117 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11118 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17466 62506))
11119 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11121 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11122 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11126 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11127 Display FILE's commentary section.
11128 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11132 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11133 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11139 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11140 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17383 40497))
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11143 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11144 Toggle flow control handling.
11145 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11146 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11148 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11150 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11151 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11152 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11153 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11154 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11155 to get the effect of a C-q.
11157 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11161 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11162 ;;;;;; (17478 35182))
11163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11165 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11168 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11170 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11173 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11177 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11178 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17715 55646))
11179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11181 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11182 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11183 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11184 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11188 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11189 Turn flymake mode on.
11193 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11194 Turn flymake mode off.
11200 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11201 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11202 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17743 34997))
11203 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11205 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11206 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11209 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11211 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11212 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11213 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11214 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11215 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11216 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11219 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11220 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11221 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11222 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11225 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11228 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11229 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11230 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11232 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11234 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11235 in your .emacs file.
11237 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11238 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11242 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11243 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11247 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11248 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11252 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11253 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11257 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11258 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11260 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11262 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11263 Flyspell whole buffer.
11269 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11270 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11271 ;;;;;; (17742 41486))
11272 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11274 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11275 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11279 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11280 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11284 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11285 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11287 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11288 of two major techniques:
11290 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11291 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11292 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11294 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11295 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11296 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11299 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11300 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11301 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11302 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11303 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11306 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11307 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11309 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11311 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11312 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11313 \(This is the default.)
11315 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11316 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11318 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11319 \\{follow-mode-map}
11321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11323 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11324 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11326 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11327 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11328 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11329 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11330 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11331 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11333 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11334 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11335 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11337 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11338 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11339 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11345 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17383
11347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11349 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11350 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11351 \\<message-mode-map>
11355 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11356 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11357 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11358 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11359 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11360 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11366 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11367 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17383 40499))
11368 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11370 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11371 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11373 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11374 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11375 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11376 C-c < forms-first-record <
11377 C-c > forms-last-record >
11378 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11379 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11380 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11381 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11382 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11383 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11384 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11385 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11386 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11387 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11389 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11391 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11392 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11396 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11397 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11403 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11404 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17358 52596))
11405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11407 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11408 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11409 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11410 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11411 with a character in column 6.")
11413 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11415 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11416 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11417 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11419 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11420 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11422 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11425 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11427 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11429 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11430 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11431 `fortran-do-indent'
11432 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11433 `fortran-if-indent'
11434 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11435 `fortran-structure-indent'
11436 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11438 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11439 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11440 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11441 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11442 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11443 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11444 nil don't change the indentation
11445 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11447 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11448 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11449 depending on the continuation format in use.
11450 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11451 indentation for a line of code.
11453 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11454 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11455 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11456 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11457 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11458 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11459 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11460 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11461 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11462 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11464 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11465 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11466 statements (default nil).
11467 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11468 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11469 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11470 `fortran-continuation-string'
11471 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11472 line (default \"$\").
11473 `fortran-comment-region'
11474 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11475 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11476 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11477 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11478 as typed (default t).
11479 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11480 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11482 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11483 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11489 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11490 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17382 22975))
11491 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11493 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11494 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11496 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11497 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11499 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11501 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11502 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11504 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11505 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11507 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11509 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11510 Compile fortune file.
11512 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11513 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11515 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11517 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11518 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11520 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11521 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11522 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11523 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11525 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11527 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11528 Display a fortune cookie.
11530 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11531 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11532 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11533 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11535 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11539 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11540 ;;;;;; (17723 28681))
11541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11543 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11544 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11545 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11546 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11548 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11549 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11550 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11551 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11553 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11554 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11555 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11556 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11557 some of the buffers.
11559 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11561 The following commands help control operation :
11563 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11564 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11566 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11567 detailed description of this mode.
11570 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11572 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11573 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11577 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11578 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11579 | | (comint-mode) |
11586 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11587 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11588 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11589 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11590 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11591 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11593 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11595 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11596 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11598 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11602 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11603 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17383
11605 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11607 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11608 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11609 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11610 instead (which see).")
11612 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11613 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11615 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11616 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11617 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11618 documentation string instead.
11620 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11621 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11622 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11623 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11624 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11625 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11626 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11627 enders are actually possible.
11629 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11630 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11632 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11633 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11634 `font-lock-keywords'.
11636 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11637 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11638 runs the macro expansion.
11640 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11641 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11642 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11644 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11646 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11648 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11649 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11651 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11653 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11654 Enter generic mode MODE.
11656 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11657 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11658 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11660 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11661 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11665 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11666 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11667 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11668 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11669 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11670 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11671 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11672 `font-lock-keywords'.
11674 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11678 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11679 ;;;;;; (17406 13837))
11680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11682 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11683 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11684 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11685 at places they belong to.
11687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11691 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11692 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17715 55645))
11693 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11695 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11696 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11698 Guideline for numbers:
11699 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11700 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11703 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11705 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11706 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11707 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11709 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11711 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11712 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11714 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11716 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11717 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11719 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11720 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11721 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11722 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11723 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11724 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11726 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11727 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11728 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11729 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11730 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11732 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11734 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11738 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11739 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server gnus-select-method gnus-getenv-nntpserver)
11740 ;;;;;; "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17726 26879))
11741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11743 (autoload (quote gnus-getenv-nntpserver) "gnus" "\
11744 Find default nntp server.
11745 Check the NNTPSERVER environment variable and the
11746 `gnus-nntpserver-file' file.
11750 (defvar gnus-select-method (condition-case nil (nconc (list (quote nntp) (or (condition-case nil (gnus-getenv-nntpserver) (error nil)) (when (and gnus-default-nntp-server (not (string= gnus-default-nntp-server ""))) gnus-default-nntp-server) "news")) (if (or (null gnus-nntp-service) (equal gnus-nntp-service "nntp")) nil (list gnus-nntp-service))) (error nil)) "\
11751 Default method for selecting a newsgroup.
11752 This variable should be a list, where the first element is how the
11753 news is to be fetched, the second is the address.
11755 For instance, if you want to get your news via \"flab.flab.edu\" using
11756 NNTP, you could say:
11758 \(setq gnus-select-method '(nntp \"flab.flab.edu\"))
11760 If you want to use your local spool, say:
11762 \(setq gnus-select-method (list 'nnspool (system-name)))
11764 If you use this variable, you must set `gnus-nntp-server' to nil.
11766 There is a lot more to know about select methods and virtual servers -
11767 see the manual for details.")
11769 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-select-method) "gnus" t)
11771 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11772 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11776 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11778 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11779 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11780 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11781 name of an NNTP server to use.
11782 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11785 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11787 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11788 Read news as a slave.
11790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11792 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11793 Pop up a frame to read news.
11794 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11795 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11796 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11797 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11798 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11799 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11800 current display is used.
11802 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11804 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11806 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11807 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11808 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11810 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11814 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11815 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11816 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11817 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11818 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11819 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17732 30377))
11820 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11822 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11823 Start Gnus unplugged.
11827 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11828 Start Gnus plugged.
11832 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11833 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11837 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11838 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11840 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11841 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11842 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11844 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11845 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11846 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11850 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11851 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11855 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11856 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11857 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11858 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11859 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11862 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11864 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11865 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11866 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11867 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11868 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11871 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11873 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11874 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11878 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11879 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11880 downloaded into the agent.
11882 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11884 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11885 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11886 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11887 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11889 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11891 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11892 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11896 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11897 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11901 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11902 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11903 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11905 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11909 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11910 ;;;;;; (17738 33491))
11911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11913 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11914 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11920 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11921 ;;;;;; (17382 22953))
11922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11924 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11925 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11931 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11932 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11933 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17382
11935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11937 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11938 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11941 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11945 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11946 Generate the cache active file.
11948 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11950 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11951 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11955 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11956 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11957 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11958 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11959 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11962 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11964 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11965 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11966 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11967 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11968 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11971 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11975 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11976 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17382 22954))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11979 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11980 Delay this article by some time.
11981 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11983 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11984 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11986 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11987 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11989 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11990 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11992 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11994 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11995 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11999 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12000 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12001 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12002 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12004 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12005 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12007 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12011 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12012 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17739 37748))
12013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12015 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12018 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12020 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12023 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12027 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12028 ;;;;;; (17382 22954))
12029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12031 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12032 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12038 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12039 ;;;;;; (17700 2786))
12040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12042 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12043 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12049 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12050 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12051 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17464
12053 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12055 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12056 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12060 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12061 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12065 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12066 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12070 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12071 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12075 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12076 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12077 The PNG is returned as a string.
12079 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12081 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12082 Convert FILE to a Face.
12083 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12086 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12090 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12091 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17726 26879))
12092 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12094 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12095 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12096 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12098 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12100 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12101 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12103 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12107 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12108 ;;;;;; (17382 22956))
12109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12111 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12113 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12114 Run batched scoring.
12115 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12121 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12122 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12123 ;;;;;; (17544 39650))
12124 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12126 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12131 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12132 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12133 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12135 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12137 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12138 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12140 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12147 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12148 ;;;;;; (17382 22957))
12149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12151 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12152 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12153 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12154 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12157 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12158 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12159 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12160 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12162 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12163 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12164 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12165 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12166 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12167 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12168 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12169 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12170 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12171 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12173 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12175 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12176 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12177 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12180 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12181 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12183 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12185 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12186 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12187 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12189 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12193 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12194 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12195 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12197 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12199 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12200 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12201 existing groups are considered.
12203 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12204 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12207 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12208 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12209 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12210 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12211 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12212 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12213 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12214 clauses will be generated.
12216 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12217 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12218 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12219 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12220 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12221 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12223 For example, given the following group parameters:
12226 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12227 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12229 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12230 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12231 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12232 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12234 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12236 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12238 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12240 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12241 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12244 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12248 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12249 ;;;;;; (17382 22957))
12250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12252 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12253 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12254 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12256 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12260 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12261 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17382 22957))
12262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12264 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12265 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12266 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12267 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12269 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12271 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12274 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12276 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12277 Like `message-reply'.
12279 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12281 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12285 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12286 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17426 20384))
12287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12289 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12290 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12294 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12295 Load the NoCeM cache.
12301 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12302 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12303 ;;;;;; (17382 22957))
12304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12306 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12307 Display picons in the From header.
12308 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12312 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12313 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12314 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12318 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12319 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12320 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12326 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12327 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12328 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12329 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12330 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17382 22958))
12331 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12333 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12334 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12335 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12336 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12338 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12340 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12341 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12342 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12345 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12347 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12348 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12349 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12351 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12353 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12356 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12358 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12359 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12360 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12362 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12364 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12365 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12366 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12368 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12370 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12372 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12373 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12374 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12376 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12378 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12379 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12380 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12382 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12384 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12385 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12386 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12388 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12390 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12391 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12393 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12397 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12398 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17703 21883))
12399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12401 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12406 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12407 Install the registry hooks.
12413 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12414 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17478
12416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12418 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12419 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12420 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12421 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12422 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12423 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12427 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12428 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12429 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12430 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12431 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12435 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12442 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12443 ;;;;;; (17382 22959))
12444 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12446 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12447 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12448 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12449 for matching on group names.
12451 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12452 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12454 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12456 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12462 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12463 ;;;;;; (17382 22959))
12464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12466 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12467 Update the format specification near point.
12473 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12474 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17591
12476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12478 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12479 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12481 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12483 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12490 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12491 ;;;;;; (17382 22960))
12492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12494 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12495 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12497 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12501 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17382 22975))
12502 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12504 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12505 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12507 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12508 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12509 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12511 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12512 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12513 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12515 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12516 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12518 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12519 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12521 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12523 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12527 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12528 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17580 16976))
12529 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12531 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12533 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12534 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12535 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12536 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12537 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12539 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12541 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12542 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12543 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12545 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12546 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12548 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12549 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12552 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12556 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12557 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12558 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17645 29157))
12559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12561 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12562 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12564 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12566 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12567 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12568 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12569 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12570 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12572 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12573 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12575 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12577 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12578 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12579 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12580 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12582 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12584 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12585 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12587 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12589 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12590 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12592 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12593 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12594 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12596 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12597 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12598 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12600 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12601 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12603 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12604 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12606 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12608 (defvar grep-history nil)
12610 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12612 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12613 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12614 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12618 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12623 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12624 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12628 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12629 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12630 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12631 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12632 where grep found matches.
12634 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12635 easily repeat a grep command.
12637 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12638 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12639 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12640 if that history list is empty).
12642 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12644 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12645 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12646 Collect output in a buffer.
12647 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12648 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12650 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12651 easily repeat a find command.
12653 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12655 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12657 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12658 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12659 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12660 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12661 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12663 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12664 before it is executed.
12665 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12667 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12668 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12669 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12671 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12673 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12675 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12676 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12677 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12678 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12679 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12681 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12682 before it is executed.
12683 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12685 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12686 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12687 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12689 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12691 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12695 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17383 40501))
12696 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12698 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12699 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12700 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12701 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12702 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12704 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12708 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12709 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17661 56350))
12710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12712 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12713 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12714 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12715 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12716 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12717 `gdba' for more information.
12719 To run GDB in text command mode, set `gud-gdb-command-name' to
12720 \"gdb --fullname\" and include the pathname, if necessary.
12722 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12724 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12725 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12726 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12727 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12729 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12731 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12732 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12733 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12734 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12736 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12738 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12739 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12740 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12741 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12743 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12744 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12746 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12748 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12749 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12750 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12751 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12753 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12755 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12756 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12757 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12758 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12760 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12762 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12763 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12764 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12765 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12766 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12768 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12769 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12770 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12771 original source file access method.
12773 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12774 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12776 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12778 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12779 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12780 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12781 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12783 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12784 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12786 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12788 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12789 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12795 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17742
12797 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12799 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12800 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12801 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12802 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12804 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12805 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12806 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12807 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12813 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12814 ;;;;;; (17742 38323))
12815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12817 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12818 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12820 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12822 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12823 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12824 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12825 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12827 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12831 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12832 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12833 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12834 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12841 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12842 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12843 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12844 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17710 3074))
12845 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12847 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12848 Return the help-echo string at point.
12849 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12850 property, or nil, is returned.
12851 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12852 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12853 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12855 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12857 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12858 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12859 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12860 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12861 this produces no string either, return nil.
12865 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12866 Display local help in the echo area.
12867 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12868 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12869 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12872 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12873 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12874 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12878 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12879 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12880 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12884 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12885 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12886 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12890 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12891 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12892 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12893 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12894 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12895 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12896 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12897 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12898 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12899 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12900 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12902 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12903 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12904 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12905 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12906 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12908 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12909 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12910 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12911 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12912 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12913 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12914 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12915 The default is `never'.")
12917 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12919 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12920 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12921 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12922 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12923 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12924 considered different regions.
12926 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12927 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12928 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12929 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12930 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12931 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12932 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12933 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12934 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12936 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12938 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12939 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12940 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12941 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12944 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12945 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12946 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12947 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12948 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12949 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12950 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12951 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12953 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12954 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12955 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12956 rarely happens in practice.
12958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12960 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12961 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12962 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12963 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12964 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12965 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12971 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12972 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12973 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12974 ;;;;;; (17734 17478))
12975 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12977 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12978 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12980 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12982 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12983 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12984 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12986 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12988 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12989 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12991 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12993 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12996 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12998 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12999 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
13000 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13001 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13003 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13005 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13006 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13007 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13008 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13009 it is displayed along with the global value.
13011 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13013 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13014 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13015 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13016 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13018 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13020 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13021 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13022 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13023 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13024 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13026 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13030 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13031 ;;;;;; (17383 40502))
13032 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13034 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13035 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13036 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13037 and window listing and describing the options.
13038 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13039 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13041 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13045 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13046 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13047 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17602 7855))
13048 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13050 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13051 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13052 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13058 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13063 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13068 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13069 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13071 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13072 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13073 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13074 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13076 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13077 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13078 restore it properly when going back.
13080 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13082 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13083 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13085 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13086 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13087 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13088 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13089 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13090 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13091 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13092 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13094 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13095 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13096 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13097 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13099 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13100 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13103 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13105 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13106 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13107 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13108 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13109 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13110 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13112 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13114 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13115 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13116 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13117 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13118 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13120 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13122 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13123 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13125 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13129 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13130 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17586 63376))
13131 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13133 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13134 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13138 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13139 Provide help for current mode.
13145 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13146 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17742 27704))
13147 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13149 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13150 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13151 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13152 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13153 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13155 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13156 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13158 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13159 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13160 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13161 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13163 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13164 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13167 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13172 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13173 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13174 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13175 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13176 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13177 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13178 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13179 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13180 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13181 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13182 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13183 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13184 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13185 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13186 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13188 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13189 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13190 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13192 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13195 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13197 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13198 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13199 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13201 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13202 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13203 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13205 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13206 into the buffer at the current point.
13208 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13209 into the buffer at the current point.
13211 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13212 into the buffer at the current point.
13214 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13216 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13217 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13219 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13221 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13225 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13226 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13227 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13228 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13230 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13232 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13233 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13234 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13240 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13241 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13242 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13243 ;;;;;; (17383 40504))
13244 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13246 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13247 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13249 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13250 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13251 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13252 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13253 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13254 called interactively, are:
13256 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13257 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13259 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13260 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13261 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13262 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13264 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13265 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13267 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13268 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13270 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13271 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13272 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13273 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13274 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13275 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13277 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13278 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13280 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13281 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13283 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13284 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13285 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13286 Patterns will be read until
13288 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13292 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13293 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13294 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13295 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13296 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13297 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13299 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13301 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13302 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13303 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13304 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13305 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13309 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13311 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13312 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13314 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13315 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13316 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13317 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13319 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13321 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13323 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13324 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13326 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13327 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13328 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13329 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13331 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13333 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13335 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13336 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13338 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13339 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13341 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13343 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13345 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13346 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13348 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13349 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13350 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13351 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13352 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13354 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13356 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13357 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13359 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13360 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13361 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13367 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13368 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17520 20914))
13369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13371 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13372 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13373 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13374 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13375 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13376 how the hiding is done:
13379 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13380 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13383 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13384 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13385 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13386 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13387 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13390 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13391 #endif lines when hiding.
13393 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13394 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13397 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13398 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13399 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13401 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13405 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13406 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13408 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13410 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13411 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13413 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13415 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13416 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13418 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13422 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13423 ;;;;;; (17388 57145))
13424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13426 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13427 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13428 Each element has the form
13429 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13431 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13432 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13434 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13435 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13437 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13438 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13439 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13440 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13441 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13442 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13444 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13445 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13447 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13448 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13450 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13451 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13452 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13454 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13455 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13456 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13457 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13458 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13459 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13461 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13462 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13463 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13465 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13466 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13468 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13471 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13477 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13478 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13479 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13480 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13481 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17387 52590))
13482 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13484 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13485 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13486 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13488 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13490 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13491 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13493 Without an argument:
13494 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13495 or passive state as determined by the variable
13496 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13499 With an argument ARG:
13500 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13501 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13502 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13504 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13505 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13506 not displayed in a different face.
13509 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13510 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13511 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13512 buffer with the contents of a file
13513 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13514 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13518 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13519 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13520 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13524 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13525 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13529 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13530 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13534 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13535 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13537 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13538 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13539 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13540 shown in the last face in the list.
13542 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13543 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13544 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13546 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13550 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13551 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13553 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13555 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13558 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13559 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13561 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13562 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13563 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13565 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13567 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13568 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13570 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13571 this function is called interactively.
13573 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13574 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13575 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13577 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13578 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13579 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13581 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13583 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13584 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13586 When called interactively:
13587 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13588 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13589 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13590 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13592 When called from a program:
13593 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13594 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13595 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13596 - otherwise just turn it on
13598 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13599 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13600 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13601 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13607 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13608 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13609 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13610 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13611 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17383 40505))
13612 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13614 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13615 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13616 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13617 or insert functions in this list.")
13619 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13621 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13622 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13624 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13626 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13627 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13629 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13631 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13632 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13634 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13636 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13637 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13639 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13641 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13642 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13643 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13645 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13647 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13648 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13649 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13652 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13654 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13655 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13656 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13657 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13658 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13660 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13662 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13663 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13664 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13665 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13666 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13668 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13669 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13670 undoes the expansion.
13674 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13675 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13676 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13677 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13679 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13683 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13684 ;;;;;; (17652 40095))
13685 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13687 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13688 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13689 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13691 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13692 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13693 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13694 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13695 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13697 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13698 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13699 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13700 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13704 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13705 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13706 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13707 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13708 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13709 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13711 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13713 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13714 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13715 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13717 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13718 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13724 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13725 ;;;;;; (17426 49878))
13726 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13728 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13729 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13730 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13732 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13736 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13737 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13739 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13740 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13741 different list. For example,
13743 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13744 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13746 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13747 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13749 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13750 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13751 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13752 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13755 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13757 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13761 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17738
13763 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13765 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13766 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13772 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13773 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13774 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13775 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13776 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13777 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13778 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13779 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13780 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13781 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13782 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13783 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13784 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13785 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13786 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13787 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13788 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13789 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13790 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13791 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13792 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13793 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13794 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17700 2785))
13795 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13797 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13798 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13799 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13803 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13804 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13806 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13808 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13809 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13811 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13813 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13814 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13816 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13818 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13819 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13823 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13824 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13826 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13828 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13829 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13831 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13832 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13833 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13834 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13835 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13836 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13837 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13838 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13839 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13840 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13841 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13842 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13844 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13847 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13849 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13850 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13854 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13855 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13859 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13860 Remove the first filter group.
13864 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13865 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13867 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13869 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13870 Remove all filter groups.
13874 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13875 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13879 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13880 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13881 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13885 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13886 Kill the filter group at point.
13887 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13889 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13891 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13892 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13896 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13897 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13901 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13902 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13903 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13904 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13906 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13908 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13909 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13910 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13914 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13915 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13916 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13917 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13918 of replacing the current filters.
13922 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13923 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13927 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13928 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13932 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13933 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13935 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13936 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13937 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13941 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13942 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13946 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13947 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13951 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13952 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13953 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13956 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13958 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13959 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13960 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13962 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13964 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13965 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13969 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13970 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13974 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13975 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13976 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13977 of replacing the current filters.
13980 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13981 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13982 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13983 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13984 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13985 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13986 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13987 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13989 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13990 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13991 Default sorting modes are:
13992 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13993 Name - the name of the buffer
13994 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13995 Size - the size of the buffer
13999 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14000 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14003 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14004 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14005 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14006 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14008 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14009 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14013 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14014 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14015 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14016 for this Ibuffer session.
14018 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14020 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14021 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14022 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14023 for this Ibuffer session.
14025 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14027 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14028 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14030 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14031 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14033 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14034 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14036 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14038 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14039 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14041 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14042 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14044 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14046 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14047 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14051 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14052 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14054 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14055 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14056 hidden group filter, open it.
14058 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14059 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14060 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14064 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14065 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14066 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14070 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14071 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14073 The names are separated by a space.
14074 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14076 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14077 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14078 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14079 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14081 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14085 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14086 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14088 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14090 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14091 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14093 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14095 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14096 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14098 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14100 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14101 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14105 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14106 Mark all modified buffers.
14110 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14111 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14115 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14116 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14120 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14121 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14125 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14126 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14130 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14131 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14135 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14136 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14140 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14141 Mark all read-only buffers.
14145 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14146 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14150 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14151 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14152 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14155 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14159 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14160 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17457
14162 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14164 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14165 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14167 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14168 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14169 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14171 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14172 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14173 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14174 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14175 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14176 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14178 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14179 title of the column.
14181 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14182 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14183 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14184 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14185 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14187 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14189 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14190 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14191 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14192 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14193 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14195 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14196 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14197 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14199 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14201 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14202 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14203 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14204 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14205 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14206 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14208 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14209 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14210 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14211 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14212 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14213 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14214 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14215 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14217 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14218 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14219 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14220 buffer's modification flag.
14221 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14222 prompted before performing this operation.
14223 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14224 operation is complete, in the form:
14225 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14226 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14227 confirmation message, in the form:
14228 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14229 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14230 macro for exactly what it does.
14232 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14234 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14235 Define a filter named NAME.
14236 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14237 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14238 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14240 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14241 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14242 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14243 bound to the current value of the filter.
14245 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14249 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14250 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17651 7545))
14251 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14253 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14254 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14255 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14256 buffers which are visiting a file.
14258 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14260 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14261 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14262 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14263 buffers which are visiting a file.
14265 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14267 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14268 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14269 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14271 All arguments are optional.
14272 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14273 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14274 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14275 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14276 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14277 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14278 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14279 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14280 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14281 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14282 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14283 that value locally in this buffer.
14285 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14289 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14290 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14291 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17397 11613))
14292 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14294 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14295 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14296 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14297 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14299 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14301 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14302 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14303 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14304 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14306 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14307 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14308 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14310 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14312 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14313 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14314 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14315 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14316 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14317 non-marking or not.
14319 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14321 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14322 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14324 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14325 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14328 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14329 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14330 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14332 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14335 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14336 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14337 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14339 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14343 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17686
14345 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14347 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14348 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14349 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14350 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14351 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14352 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14354 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14356 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14357 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14358 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14364 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17388 57145))
14365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14367 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14368 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14369 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14370 Tab indents for Icon code.
14371 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14372 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14374 Variables controlling indentation style:
14375 icon-tab-always-indent
14376 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14377 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14379 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14380 inserted in Icon code.
14382 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14383 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14384 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14385 icon-continued-statement-offset
14386 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14387 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14388 icon-continued-brace-offset
14389 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14390 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14392 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14393 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14394 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14395 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14397 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14398 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14404 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14405 ;;;;;; (17596 1404))
14406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14408 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14409 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14410 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14411 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14413 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14414 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14417 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14418 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14420 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14421 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14422 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14424 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14426 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14430 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14431 ;;;;;; (17742 38481))
14432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14434 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14435 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.0_em22).
14437 The main features of this mode are
14439 1. Indentation and Formatting
14440 --------------------------
14441 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14442 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14444 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14445 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14446 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14447 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14449 Comments are indented as follows:
14451 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14452 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14453 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14455 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14457 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14458 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14459 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14460 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14461 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14462 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14464 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14465 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14466 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14467 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14471 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14472 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14473 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14474 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14475 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14476 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14477 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14478 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14479 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14480 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14485 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14486 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14487 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14488 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14492 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14493 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14494 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14495 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14496 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14499 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14500 --------------------------------
14501 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14502 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14504 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14505 \\fu FUNCTION template
14506 \\c CASE statement template
14507 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14508 \\f FOR loop template
14509 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14510 \\w WHILE loop template
14511 \\i IF statement template
14512 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14515 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14516 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14518 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14519 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14520 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14521 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14523 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14524 -------------------------
14525 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14526 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14528 7. Automatic END completion
14529 ------------------------
14530 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14531 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14535 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14536 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14538 9. Documentation and Customization
14539 -------------------------------
14540 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14541 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14542 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14543 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14544 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14548 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14549 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14550 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14552 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14555 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14559 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14560 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14561 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14562 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14563 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14564 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14565 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14566 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17746
14568 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14570 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14571 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14572 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14573 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14575 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14576 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14577 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14579 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14580 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14582 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14584 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14585 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14586 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14587 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14588 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14589 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14590 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14591 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14592 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14596 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14597 Switch to another buffer.
14598 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14599 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14602 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14603 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14604 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14605 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14606 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14608 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14609 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14611 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14612 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14614 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14615 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14616 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14617 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14618 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14619 in a separate window.
14620 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14621 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14622 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14623 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14624 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14625 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14626 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14627 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14628 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14632 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14633 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14634 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14635 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14639 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14640 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14641 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14642 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14646 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14648 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14649 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14653 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14654 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14655 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14656 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14660 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14661 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14662 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14663 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14667 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14668 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14672 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14673 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14674 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14675 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14676 visible in another frame.
14678 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14679 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14680 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14681 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14682 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14683 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14685 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14686 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14688 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14689 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14691 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14692 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14693 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14694 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14695 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14696 in a separate window.
14697 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14698 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14699 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14700 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14701 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14702 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14703 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14704 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14705 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14706 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14707 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14708 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14709 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14710 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14711 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14715 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14716 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14717 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14718 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14722 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14723 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14724 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14725 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14729 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14730 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14731 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14732 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14736 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14737 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14738 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14739 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14743 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14744 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14745 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14746 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14750 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14751 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14752 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14753 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14757 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14758 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14759 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14760 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14764 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14765 Write current buffer to a file.
14766 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14767 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14771 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14772 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14773 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14774 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14778 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14779 Call `dired' the ido way.
14780 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14781 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14785 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14786 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14787 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14788 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14789 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14790 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14792 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14794 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14795 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14796 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14797 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14799 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14801 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14802 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14803 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14804 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14806 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14808 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14809 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14810 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14811 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14812 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14813 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14814 with `completing-read'.
14815 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14816 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14817 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14818 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14819 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14820 with point positioned at the end.
14821 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14822 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14824 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14828 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17383 40505))
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14830 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14832 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14833 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14834 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14840 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14841 ;;;;;; (17383 40506))
14842 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14844 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14845 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14849 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14850 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14856 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14857 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14858 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14859 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14860 ;;;;;; (17482 12297))
14861 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14863 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14864 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14865 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14868 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14870 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14871 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14872 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14877 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14878 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14879 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14882 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14884 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14885 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14886 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14889 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14891 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14892 Determine and return image type.
14893 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14894 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14895 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14896 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14897 use its file extension as image type.
14898 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14900 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14902 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14903 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14904 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14906 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14908 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14910 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14911 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14912 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14913 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14914 use its file extension as image type.
14915 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14916 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14917 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14918 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14920 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14922 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14924 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14925 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14926 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14927 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14928 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14929 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14930 POS may be an integer or marker.
14931 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14932 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14933 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14934 means display it in the right marginal area.
14936 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14938 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14939 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14940 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14941 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14942 defaulted if you omit it.
14943 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14944 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14945 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14946 means display it in the right marginal area.
14947 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14948 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14949 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14950 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14951 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14953 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14955 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14956 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14957 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14958 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14959 defaulted if you omit it.
14960 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14961 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14962 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14963 means display it in the right marginal area.
14964 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14966 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14968 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14969 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14970 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14971 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14973 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14975 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14976 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14978 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14980 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14981 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14982 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14983 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14984 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14985 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14986 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14987 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14990 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14992 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14994 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14996 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14997 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14999 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15000 documentation string.
15002 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15003 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15004 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15005 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15006 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15007 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15008 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15013 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15014 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15016 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15020 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15021 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15022 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17383 40506))
15023 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15025 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15026 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15027 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15028 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15030 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15031 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15032 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15033 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15035 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15037 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15038 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15039 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15040 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15042 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15043 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15044 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15045 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15047 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15049 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15050 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15054 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15055 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15056 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15057 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15059 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15061 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15062 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15063 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15064 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15065 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15066 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15068 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15070 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15071 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15072 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15073 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15075 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15076 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15077 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15083 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15084 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17652 40095))
15085 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15086 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15087 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15088 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15089 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15090 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15091 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15093 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15094 Major mode for image files.
15095 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15096 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15100 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15101 Toggle Image minor mode.
15102 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15103 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15107 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15108 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15109 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15110 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15111 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15112 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15114 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15115 information on these modes.
15121 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15122 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17656 34193))
15123 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15125 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15126 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15128 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15130 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15131 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15134 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15136 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15137 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15138 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15140 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15142 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15143 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15145 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15146 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15147 pattern's structure.
15149 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15150 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15151 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15154 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15156 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15157 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15159 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15160 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15161 called within a `save-excursion'.
15163 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15165 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15167 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15168 Function for finding the next index position.
15170 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15171 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15172 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15175 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15176 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15178 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15180 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15181 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15183 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15184 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15185 It should return the name for that index item.")
15187 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15189 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15190 Function to compare string with index item.
15192 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15193 non-nil if they match.
15195 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15196 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15197 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15198 arguments match\".")
15200 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15202 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15203 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15204 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15206 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15208 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15210 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15212 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15213 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15214 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15215 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15219 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15220 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15222 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15226 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15227 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15228 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15229 for more information.
15231 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15235 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15236 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15237 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17345 11257))
15238 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15240 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15241 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15243 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15245 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15248 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15250 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15253 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15255 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15258 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15260 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15261 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15262 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15263 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15264 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15266 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15268 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15269 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15270 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15271 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15272 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15274 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15278 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15279 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15280 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17536 43474))
15281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15283 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15284 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15285 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15286 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15287 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15289 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15291 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15292 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15294 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15296 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15297 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15298 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15299 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15300 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15301 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15302 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15303 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15305 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15307 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15308 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15309 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15310 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15311 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15313 This variable is only used if the variable
15314 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15316 More precise choices:
15317 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15318 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15321 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15323 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15325 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15326 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15328 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15329 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15330 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15332 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15333 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15334 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15335 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15338 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15340 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15344 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15345 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15346 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15347 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17665 54360))
15348 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15350 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15351 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15353 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15354 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15355 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15357 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15358 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15359 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15360 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15361 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15362 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15363 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15364 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15365 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15366 with the top-level Info directory.
15368 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15369 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15370 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15371 appended to the Info buffer name.
15373 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15374 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15375 in all the directories in that path.
15377 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15379 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15380 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15384 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15385 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15386 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15387 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15391 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15392 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15393 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15394 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15396 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15398 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15399 Go to the Info directory node.
15403 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15404 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15405 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15406 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15407 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15408 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15410 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15412 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15413 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15414 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15416 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15418 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15419 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15420 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15421 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15422 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15424 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15425 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15427 Selecting other nodes:
15428 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15429 Follow a node reference you click on.
15430 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15431 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15432 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15433 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15434 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15435 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15436 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15437 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15438 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15439 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15440 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15441 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15442 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15443 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15444 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15445 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15446 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15447 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15448 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15449 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15451 Moving within a node:
15452 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15453 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15454 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15455 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15456 move up to the parent node.
15457 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15458 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15460 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15463 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15464 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15465 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15466 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15467 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15468 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15469 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15470 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15471 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15472 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15473 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15474 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15475 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15476 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15477 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15478 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15481 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15483 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15484 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15485 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15486 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15487 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15488 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15490 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15491 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15493 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15494 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15496 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15497 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15498 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15499 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15503 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15504 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15505 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15511 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15512 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15513 ;;;;;; (17741 56284))
15514 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15516 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15517 Throw away all cached data.
15518 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15519 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15523 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15525 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15526 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15527 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15528 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15529 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15530 one found at point.
15532 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15534 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15535 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15537 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15538 Display the documentation of a file.
15539 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15540 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15541 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15542 The default file name is the one found at point.
15544 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15546 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15548 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15549 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15551 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15553 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15554 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15556 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15560 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15561 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17520 20913))
15562 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15564 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15565 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15567 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15569 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15570 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15571 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15575 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15576 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15577 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15579 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15580 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15587 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15588 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17383 40507))
15589 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15591 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15592 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15594 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15596 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15597 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15598 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15600 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15601 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15602 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15604 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15605 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15606 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15607 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15611 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15612 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15613 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15617 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15618 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15619 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15620 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15621 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15627 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15628 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15629 ;;;;;; (17131 28643))
15630 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15632 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15633 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15637 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15638 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15642 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15645 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15649 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17383
15651 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15653 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15654 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15655 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15656 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15657 accessed via isearchb.
15663 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15664 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15665 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15666 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17113 1815))
15667 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15669 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15670 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15671 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15672 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15674 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15676 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15677 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15678 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15679 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15681 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15683 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15684 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15685 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15686 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15688 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15690 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15691 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15692 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15693 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15695 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15697 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15698 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15699 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15700 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15702 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15704 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15705 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15706 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15707 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15709 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15711 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15712 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15713 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15714 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15716 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15718 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15719 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15720 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15721 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15723 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15725 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15726 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15727 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15728 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15730 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15732 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15733 Warn that format is read-only.
15737 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15738 Warn that format is write-only.
15742 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15743 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15750 ;;;;;; (17113 1816))
15751 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15752 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15753 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15754 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15758 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15759 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15760 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15761 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15762 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15763 ;;;;;; (17742 39985))
15764 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15765 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15767 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15768 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15769 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15770 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15772 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15773 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15775 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15776 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15777 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15779 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15780 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15783 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15785 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15787 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15789 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15791 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15793 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15795 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15797 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15798 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15800 Each element of this list is also a list:
15802 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15803 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15805 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15806 nil means the default dictionary.
15808 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15811 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15813 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15814 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15815 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15816 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15817 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15818 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15819 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15820 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15821 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15823 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15824 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15825 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15826 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15827 for non-ASCII bytes.
15829 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15830 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15833 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15836 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15837 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15838 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15839 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15840 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15841 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15842 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15843 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15845 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15847 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15848 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15849 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15851 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15852 Key map for ispell menu.")
15854 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15855 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15856 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15857 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15859 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15861 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15863 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15865 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15867 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15868 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15869 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15870 Valid forms include:
15871 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15872 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15873 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15874 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15876 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15877 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15878 First list is used raw.
15879 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15881 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15882 for skipping in latex mode.")
15884 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15885 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15886 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15887 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15888 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15889 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15891 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15892 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15893 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15894 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15896 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15897 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15898 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15899 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15900 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15902 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15903 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15905 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15906 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15908 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15909 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15912 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15913 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15914 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15915 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15916 quit spell session exited.
15918 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15920 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15921 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15922 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15924 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15926 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15927 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15931 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15932 SPC: Accept word this time.
15933 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15934 `a': Accept word for this session.
15935 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15936 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15937 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15938 `?': Show these commands.
15939 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15940 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15941 the aborted check to be completed later.
15942 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15943 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15944 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15945 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15946 `C-l': redraws screen
15947 `C-r': recursive edit
15948 `C-z': suspend Emacs or iconify frame
15952 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15953 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15954 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15956 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15958 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15959 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15960 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15961 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15963 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15965 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15967 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15968 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15969 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15970 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15972 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15974 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15975 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15979 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15980 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15984 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15985 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15989 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15990 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15991 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15992 sequence inside of a word.
15994 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15996 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15998 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15999 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16003 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16004 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16005 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16006 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16008 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16009 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16010 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16011 available on the net.
16015 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16016 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16017 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16019 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16020 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16022 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16023 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16027 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16028 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16029 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16030 Don't check included messages.
16032 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16033 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16034 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16036 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16037 in your .emacs file:
16038 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16039 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16040 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16041 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16043 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16044 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16045 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16051 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17435
16053 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16055 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16056 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16057 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16058 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16059 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16060 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16062 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16064 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16065 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16066 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16067 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16068 `iswitchb' for details.
16070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16074 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16075 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16076 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16077 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17113 1828))
16078 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16080 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16085 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16086 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16087 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16088 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16089 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16090 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16091 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16092 necessary to represent OBJ.
16094 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16096 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16097 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16098 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16099 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16101 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16103 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16104 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16105 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16106 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16107 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16109 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16111 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16112 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16113 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16114 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16116 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16118 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16119 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16120 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16121 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16123 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16125 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16126 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16128 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16130 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16131 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16132 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16133 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16134 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16136 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16138 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16139 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16140 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16141 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16142 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16144 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16146 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16147 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16148 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16150 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16154 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16155 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17412 54164))
16156 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16158 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16159 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16160 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16161 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16163 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16166 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16168 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16169 Uninstall jka-compr.
16170 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16171 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16172 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16178 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16179 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16180 ;;;;;; (17383 40547))
16181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16183 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16184 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16185 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16186 decimal key must be specified.")
16188 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16190 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16191 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16192 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16193 decimal key must be specified.")
16195 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16197 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16198 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16199 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16200 decimal key must be specified.")
16202 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16204 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16205 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16206 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16207 decimal key must be specified.")
16209 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16211 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16212 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
16213 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16214 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16215 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16219 -------------------------------------------------------------
16220 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16221 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16222 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16223 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16224 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16225 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16226 in the global and local keymaps.
16228 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16229 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16231 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16235 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16236 ;;;;;; (17301 31792))
16237 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16239 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16240 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16241 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16243 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16244 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16245 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16246 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16249 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16250 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16251 the context of text formatting.
16253 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16257 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17721
16259 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16261 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16262 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16263 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16264 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16265 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16266 positions that contains the current selection.")
16268 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16269 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16270 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16271 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16272 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16273 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16274 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16276 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16280 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16281 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16282 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16283 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17647 30168))
16284 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16285 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16286 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16287 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16288 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16289 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16290 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16291 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16293 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16294 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16295 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16296 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16297 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16299 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16301 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16302 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16303 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16305 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16306 defining the macro.
16308 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16309 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16310 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16312 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16313 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16317 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16318 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16319 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16320 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16321 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16324 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16325 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16326 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16330 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16331 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16332 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16334 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16335 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16336 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16337 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16339 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16340 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16342 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16344 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16345 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16346 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16348 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16351 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16352 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16354 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16355 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16356 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16358 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16359 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16363 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16364 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16365 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16366 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16368 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16370 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16371 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16372 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16373 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16375 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16376 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16378 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16380 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16381 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16382 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16384 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16388 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16389 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16390 ;;;;;; (17113 1829))
16391 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16393 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16395 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16398 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16400 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16403 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16405 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16408 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16412 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16413 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17113 1829))
16414 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16416 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16417 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16418 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16420 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16427 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16428 ;;;;;; (17580 16977))
16429 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16431 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16433 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16434 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16438 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16440 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16441 Start or resume an Lm game.
16442 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16443 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16445 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16446 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16447 none / 1 | yes | no
16452 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16453 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16454 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16460 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16461 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16462 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17113
16464 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16466 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16469 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16471 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16472 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16473 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16474 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16475 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16476 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16478 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16479 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16481 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16483 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16484 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16486 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16488 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16491 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16493 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16494 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16495 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16496 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16499 The return value is number of composed characters.
16501 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16503 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16506 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16510 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16511 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16512 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17664 29029))
16513 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16515 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16516 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16517 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16518 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16520 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16522 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16523 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16524 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16526 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16528 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16529 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16530 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16534 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16535 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16536 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16537 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16539 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16543 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16544 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17113 1818))
16545 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16547 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16548 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16549 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16550 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16551 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16552 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16553 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16554 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16556 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16557 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16559 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16560 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16562 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16564 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16565 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16566 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16567 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16568 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16569 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16570 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16571 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16573 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16575 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16576 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16577 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16578 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16581 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16583 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16587 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16588 ;;;;;; (17606 37927))
16589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16591 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16593 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16595 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16596 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16602 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16603 ;;;;;; (17383 40509))
16604 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16606 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16607 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16609 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16610 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16612 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16613 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16615 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16616 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16617 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16618 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16619 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16620 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16621 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16622 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16623 and transmit saved text.
16625 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16626 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16630 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16637 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17666 44372))
16638 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16640 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16641 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16642 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16643 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16644 generations (this defaults to 1).
16646 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16650 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17741
16652 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16654 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16655 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16656 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16657 is nil, raise an error.
16659 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16660 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16661 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16662 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16663 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16664 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16665 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16666 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16667 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16669 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16673 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16674 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17666 44372))
16675 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16677 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16678 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16679 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16681 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16683 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16684 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16685 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16686 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16688 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16689 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16690 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16691 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16692 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16693 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16696 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16697 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16699 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16700 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16702 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16704 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16705 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16706 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16707 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16708 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16709 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16710 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16711 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16712 to constrain a big search.
16714 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16715 except that FILTER is not optional.
16717 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16721 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17493 6877))
16722 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16724 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16725 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16726 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16727 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16728 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16729 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16730 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16731 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16732 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16733 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16734 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16735 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16736 uses the current buffer.
16738 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16742 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17493
16744 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16746 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16747 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16753 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17710
16755 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16757 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16758 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16759 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16760 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16761 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16763 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16764 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16765 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16767 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16768 are indicated with a symbol.
16770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16774 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16775 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17681
16777 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16779 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16781 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16783 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16784 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16785 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16787 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16788 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16790 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16791 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16792 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16793 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16794 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16795 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16796 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16798 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
16800 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16801 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16802 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16803 switch on this list.
16804 See `lpr-command'.")
16806 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
16808 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16809 *Name of program for printing a file.
16811 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16812 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16813 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16814 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16815 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16816 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16819 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
16821 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16822 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16823 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16824 for customization of the printer command.
16828 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16829 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16831 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16832 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16833 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16834 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16836 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16837 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16839 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16840 for further customization of the printer command.
16844 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16845 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16846 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16847 for customization of the printer command.
16849 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16851 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16852 Paginate and print the region contents.
16854 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16855 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16856 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16857 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16859 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16860 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16862 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16863 for further customization of the printer command.
16865 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16869 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16870 ;;;;;; (17383 40511))
16871 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16873 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16874 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16875 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16877 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
16881 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17386
16883 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16885 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16886 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16887 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16889 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16895 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17388
16897 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16899 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16900 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16907 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16908 ;;;;;; (17383 40541))
16909 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16911 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16912 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16913 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16914 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16915 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16917 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16921 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16922 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17383 40511))
16923 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16925 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16926 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16927 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16928 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16929 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16931 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16933 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16934 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16935 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16936 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16938 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16939 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16940 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16941 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16944 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16945 use this command, and then save the file.
16947 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16949 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16950 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16951 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16952 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16953 each time the macro executes.
16954 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16955 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16956 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16957 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16958 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16959 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16960 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16964 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16965 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16966 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16967 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16969 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16970 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16971 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16974 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16975 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16977 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16978 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16979 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16980 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16981 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16983 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16986 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16987 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16988 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16990 You could enter the names in this format:
16996 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16999 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17002 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17003 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17005 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17006 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17010 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17011 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17383 40556))
17012 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17014 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17015 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17016 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17017 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17018 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17019 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17021 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17022 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17023 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17024 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17025 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17027 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17028 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17029 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17032 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17034 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17035 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17037 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17041 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17042 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17043 ;;;;;; (17383 40557))
17044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17046 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17047 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17051 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17056 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17057 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17059 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17061 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17062 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17063 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17066 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17072 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17073 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17074 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17383
17076 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17078 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17079 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17080 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17081 often correct parser.")
17083 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17085 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17088 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17090 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17091 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17092 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17093 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17095 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17097 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17098 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17099 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17100 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17102 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17104 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17105 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17106 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17107 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17108 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17109 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17110 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17113 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17115 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17116 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17117 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17118 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17119 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17120 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17122 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17126 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17127 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17383 40557))
17128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17130 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17131 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17135 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17136 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17137 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17139 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17141 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17142 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17143 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17145 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17149 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17150 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17383
17152 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17154 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17155 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17156 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17158 If `parens', they look like:
17159 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17160 If `angles', they look like:
17161 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17163 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17165 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17166 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17167 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17168 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17169 their `Resent-' variants.
17171 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17172 removed from alias expansions.
17174 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17176 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17177 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17178 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17180 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17181 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17182 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17183 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17185 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17187 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17188 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17189 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17190 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17196 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17197 ;;;;;; (17383 40557))
17198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17200 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17201 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17202 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17203 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17209 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17210 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17211 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17693 43099))
17212 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17214 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17215 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17217 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17218 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17219 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17220 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17221 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17222 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17224 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17225 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17226 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17227 dependency, despite the colon.
17229 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17231 In the browser, use the following keys:
17233 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17235 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17237 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17238 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17240 `makefile-target-colon':
17241 The string that gets appended to all target names
17242 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17243 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17245 `makefile-macro-assign':
17246 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17247 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17248 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17249 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17250 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17251 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17253 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17254 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17255 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17257 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17258 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17260 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17261 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17262 up or down in the browser.
17264 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17265 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17267 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17268 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17270 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17271 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17272 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17273 has been selected in the browser.
17275 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17276 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17277 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17278 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17279 filenames are omitted.
17281 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17282 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17283 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17284 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17285 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17286 the backslash itself intact.
17287 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17288 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17290 `makefile-browser-hook':
17291 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17292 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17294 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17295 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17296 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17297 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17301 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17302 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17306 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17307 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17311 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17312 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17316 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17317 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17321 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17322 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17328 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17383
17330 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17332 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17333 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17334 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17340 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17658 46726))
17341 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17343 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17345 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17346 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17347 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17348 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17349 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17350 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17351 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17353 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17354 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17355 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17356 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17358 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17360 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17361 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17363 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17367 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17149 56126))
17368 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17370 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17371 Toggle Master mode.
17372 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17373 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17374 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17376 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17377 following commands:
17379 \\{master-mode-map}
17381 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17382 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17383 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17389 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17742
17391 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17393 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17395 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17396 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17397 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17398 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17399 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17400 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17402 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17404 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17405 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17406 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17407 created in the future.
17408 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17409 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17415 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17416 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17417 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17418 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17419 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17420 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17421 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17422 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17423 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17424 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17425 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17726 26879))
17426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17428 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17429 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17431 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17433 If `parens', they look like:
17434 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17435 If `angles', they look like:
17436 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17438 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17439 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17441 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17443 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17444 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17446 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17448 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17449 *Local news organization file.")
17451 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17453 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17454 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17455 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17456 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17458 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17459 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17460 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17462 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17464 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17466 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17467 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17469 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17470 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17471 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17472 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17474 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17476 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17477 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17478 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17479 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17481 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17483 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17484 *Function for citing an original message.
17485 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17486 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17487 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17489 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17491 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17492 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17493 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17494 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17495 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17497 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17499 (defvar message-signature t "\
17500 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17501 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17502 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17503 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17505 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17507 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17508 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17509 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17510 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17512 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17514 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17515 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17517 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17519 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17521 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17522 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17523 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17524 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17525 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17526 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17527 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17528 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17529 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17530 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17531 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17532 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17533 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17534 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17535 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17536 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17537 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17538 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17539 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17540 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17541 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17542 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17543 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17544 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17545 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17546 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17547 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17548 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17549 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17550 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17551 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17552 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17553 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17554 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17555 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17556 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17557 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17561 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17562 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17563 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17565 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17567 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17568 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17570 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17572 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17573 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17575 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17577 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17578 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17580 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17582 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17583 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17584 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17586 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17588 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17589 Cancel an article you posted.
17590 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17594 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17595 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17596 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17597 header line with the old Message-ID.
17601 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17602 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17606 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17607 Forward the current message via mail.
17608 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17609 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17611 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17613 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17616 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17618 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17621 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17623 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17624 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17628 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17629 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17631 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17633 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17634 Re-mail the current message.
17635 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17636 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17641 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17642 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17644 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17646 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17647 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17649 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17651 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17652 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17654 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17656 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17657 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17659 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17661 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17662 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17663 Works by overstriking characters.
17664 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17665 which specify the range to operate on.
17667 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17669 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17670 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17671 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17672 which specify the range to operate on.
17674 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17678 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17679 ;;;;;; (17388 57147))
17680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17682 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17683 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17687 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17688 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17692 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17693 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17697 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17698 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17704 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17705 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17706 ;;;;;; (17383 40558))
17707 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17709 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17710 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17711 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17715 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17716 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17717 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17718 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17719 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17720 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17721 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17723 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17725 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17726 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17727 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17728 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17729 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17731 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17732 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17734 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17736 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17737 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17738 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17739 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17740 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17742 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17743 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17745 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17749 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17750 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17751 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17689 39398))
17752 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17754 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17755 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17756 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17760 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17761 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17762 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17766 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17767 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17769 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17770 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17771 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17773 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17774 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17776 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17777 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17779 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17781 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17783 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17784 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17785 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17786 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17787 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17790 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17791 initial Subject field, respectively.
17793 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17794 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17797 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17800 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17802 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17803 Save draft and send message.
17805 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17806 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17807 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17810 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17811 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17812 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17814 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17815 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17816 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17817 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17818 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17819 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17821 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17822 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17826 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17827 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17829 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17830 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17831 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17832 delete the draft message.
17838 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17578 48556))
17839 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17841 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17843 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17845 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17847 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17848 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17854 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17855 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17481 10284))
17856 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17858 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17859 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17860 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17862 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17863 the MH mail system.
17865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17867 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17868 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17869 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17871 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17872 the MH mail system.
17874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17876 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17877 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17879 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17880 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17881 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17884 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17885 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17886 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17889 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17893 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17894 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17895 can be used in several ways.
17897 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17898 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17899 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17900 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17904 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17905 The range must be nonempty.
17910 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17911 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17918 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17921 All of the messages.
17923 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17924 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17926 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17927 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17928 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17930 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17936 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17937 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17727 45583))
17938 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17940 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17941 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17942 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17943 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17944 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17945 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17946 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17947 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17948 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17949 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17950 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17954 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17955 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17956 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17957 to its second argument TM.
17959 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17963 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17964 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17383 40512))
17965 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17967 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17968 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17969 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17971 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17972 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17974 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17976 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17977 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17978 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17979 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17980 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17981 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17982 default indication.
17984 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17985 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17991 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17992 ;;;;;; (17388 57148))
17993 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17995 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17996 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18001 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18005 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18006 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18007 ;;;;;; (17345 11257))
18008 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18010 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18013 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18015 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18018 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18020 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18021 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18022 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18025 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18029 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18030 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17632 36219))
18031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18033 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18034 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18036 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18038 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18039 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18040 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18041 the entire message.
18042 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18044 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18048 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18049 ;;;;;; (17382 22962))
18050 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18052 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18053 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18054 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18055 the entire message.
18056 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18058 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18062 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18063 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17605 17813))
18064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18066 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18067 Insert file contents of URL.
18068 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18070 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18072 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18073 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18075 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18079 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18080 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17715 55646))
18081 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18083 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18084 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18085 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18086 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18087 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18089 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18091 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18092 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18093 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18095 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18099 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18100 ;;;;;; (17493 6879))
18101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18103 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18106 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18108 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18111 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18115 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18116 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18117 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17495 54698))
18118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18120 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18123 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18125 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18128 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18130 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18133 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18135 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18138 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18140 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18143 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18145 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18148 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18150 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18157 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18158 ;;;;;; (17278 8063))
18159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18161 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18162 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18163 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18164 followed by the first character of the construct.
18166 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18167 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18168 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18169 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18170 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18171 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18172 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18173 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18174 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18175 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18176 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18177 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18178 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18181 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18182 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18183 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18189 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18190 ;;;;;; (17382 22978))
18191 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18193 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18194 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18196 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18198 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18199 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18201 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18205 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17704
18207 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18209 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18210 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18211 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18212 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18213 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18214 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18216 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18218 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18219 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18220 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18221 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18223 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18225 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18227 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18229 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18230 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18231 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18232 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18233 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18234 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18236 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18237 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18238 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18239 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18240 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18242 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18243 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18245 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18246 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18248 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18250 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18251 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18252 primary selection and region.
18254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18258 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17382 22978))
18259 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18261 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18262 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18268 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17565 13037))
18269 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18271 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18272 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18273 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18275 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18276 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18278 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18280 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18282 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18283 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18284 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18290 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18291 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18292 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18293 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18294 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18295 ;;;;;; (17623 45182))
18296 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18298 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18299 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18300 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18301 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18302 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18303 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18304 set of ISO charsets.
18306 Each element has the following format:
18307 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18309 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18311 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18312 CHARSET are mapped.
18314 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18315 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18316 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18317 character code in CHARSET.
18319 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18320 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18321 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18323 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18324 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18326 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18327 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18329 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18330 Display a list of all character sets.
18332 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18333 internal Emacs use.
18335 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18336 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18337 hexadecimal digits.
18338 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18339 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18341 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18342 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18343 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18344 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18346 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18347 but still shows the full information.
18351 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18352 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18353 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18354 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18355 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18357 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18358 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18359 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18360 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18361 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18363 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18365 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18366 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18367 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18368 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18369 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18371 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18373 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18374 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18376 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18378 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18379 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18381 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18383 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18384 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18386 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18387 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18389 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18390 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18391 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18392 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18393 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18394 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18395 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18396 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18397 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18398 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18399 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18400 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18401 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18402 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18403 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18404 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18408 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18409 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18413 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18414 Display a list of all coding systems.
18415 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18417 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18418 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18422 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18423 Display a list of all coding categories.
18427 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18428 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18429 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18431 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18433 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18434 Display information about FONTSET.
18435 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18437 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18439 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18440 Display a list of all fontsets.
18441 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18442 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18443 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18447 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18448 Display information about all input methods.
18452 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18453 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18455 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18456 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18457 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18458 system which uses fontsets).
18464 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18465 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18466 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18467 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18468 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18469 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17113 1819))
18470 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18472 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18473 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18474 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18476 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18478 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18480 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18481 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18483 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18484 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18486 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18487 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18489 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18491 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18492 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18493 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18494 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18495 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18496 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18497 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18499 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18500 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18501 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18502 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18503 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18504 middle of a character in STR.
18506 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18507 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18509 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18510 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18511 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18512 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18513 defaults to \"...\".
18515 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18517 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18518 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18520 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18521 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18522 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18524 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18525 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18526 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18528 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18529 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18530 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18532 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18533 longer than KEYSEQ.
18534 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18536 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18538 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18539 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18540 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18541 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18542 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18543 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18544 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18545 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18546 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18547 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18548 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18550 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18552 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18553 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18555 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18557 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18558 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18560 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18562 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18563 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18565 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18567 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18568 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18570 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18572 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18573 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18574 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18575 coding systems ordered by priority.
18577 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18579 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18580 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18581 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18582 language environment LANG-ENV.
18584 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18586 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18587 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18588 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18589 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18590 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18591 basis, this may not be accurate.
18593 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18597 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18598 ;;;;;; (17504 20511))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18601 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18602 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18603 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18605 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18606 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18608 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18610 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18611 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18612 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18613 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18617 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18618 Enable mouse wheel support.
18620 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18624 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18625 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18626 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18627 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17383 40565))
18628 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18630 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18631 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18633 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18635 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18637 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18638 `ping-program-options'.
18642 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18643 Run ipconfig program.
18647 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18649 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18650 Run netstat program.
18654 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18655 Run the arp program.
18659 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18660 Run the route program.
18664 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18665 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18669 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18670 Run nslookup program.
18674 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18675 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18679 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18684 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18689 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18690 Finger USER on HOST.
18692 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18694 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18695 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18696 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18697 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18699 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18701 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18706 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18707 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18709 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18711 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18712 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18714 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18718 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18719 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18720 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18721 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18722 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18723 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17707 61789))
18724 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18726 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18728 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18730 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18732 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18734 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18735 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18736 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18737 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18738 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18739 Major modes should set this variable.")
18741 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18742 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18743 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18744 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18745 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18746 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18748 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18749 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18751 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18752 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18753 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18755 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18756 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18757 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18758 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18759 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18761 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18762 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18763 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18765 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18766 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18767 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18768 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18770 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18771 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18772 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18773 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18774 column indentation or nil.
18775 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18777 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18778 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18779 The function has no args.
18781 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18782 comments always start in column zero.")
18784 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18785 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18786 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18788 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18790 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18791 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18792 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18793 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18795 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18796 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18798 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
18800 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18801 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18802 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18803 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18804 customize this variable.
18806 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18807 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18809 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
18811 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18812 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18813 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18814 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18815 the variables are properly set.
18817 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18819 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18820 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18824 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18825 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18826 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18828 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18830 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18831 Set the comment column based on point.
18832 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18833 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18834 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18835 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18839 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18840 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18841 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18845 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18846 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18847 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18850 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18852 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18853 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18854 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18855 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18856 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18857 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18858 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18859 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18861 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18862 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18864 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18866 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
18867 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18868 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18869 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18871 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18873 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18874 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18875 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18876 is passed on to the respective function.
18878 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18880 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18881 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18882 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18883 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18884 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18885 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18886 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18887 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18888 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18892 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18893 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18894 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18896 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
18898 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18899 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18900 This indents the body of the continued comment
18901 under the previous comment line.
18903 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18904 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18905 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18907 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18908 or comment indentation.
18910 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18911 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18913 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18917 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18918 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18919 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17383 40565))
18920 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18922 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18923 Check whether newsticker is running.
18924 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18925 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18929 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18930 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18931 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18932 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18937 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18938 Start the newsticker.
18939 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18940 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18941 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18942 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18944 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18946 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18947 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18948 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18953 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18954 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18960 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18961 ;;;;;; (17739 37748))
18962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18964 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18965 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18967 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18971 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17382
18973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18975 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18976 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18977 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18978 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18979 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18980 symbol in the alist.
18982 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18986 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18987 ;;;;;; (17388 57134))
18988 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18990 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18991 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18992 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18998 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18999 ;;;;;; (17382 22966))
19000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19002 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19003 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19004 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19010 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19011 ;;;;;; (17382 22967))
19012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19014 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19015 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19017 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19021 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19022 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17739 37748))
19023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19025 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19026 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19030 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19031 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19035 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19036 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19042 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19043 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17665 54360))
19044 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19046 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19047 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19048 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19050 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19052 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19055 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19057 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19058 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19059 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19060 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19061 to future sessions.
19063 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19065 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19066 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19067 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19068 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19069 to future sessions.
19071 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19075 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19076 ;;;;;; (17383 57925))
19077 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19079 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19080 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19082 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19083 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19084 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19090 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19091 ;;;;;; (17388 57148))
19092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19094 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19095 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19096 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19097 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19098 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19104 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19105 ;;;;;; (17730 22879))
19106 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19108 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19109 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19110 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19112 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19114 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19115 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19117 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19118 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19119 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19123 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19127 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19128 ;;;;;; (17427 24977))
19129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19131 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19132 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19134 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19135 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19136 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19137 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19139 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19140 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19141 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19142 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19143 is why you need this mode!).
19145 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19146 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19147 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19149 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19154 \\{octave-mode-map}
19156 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19157 ==============================================
19160 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19163 octave-auto-newline
19164 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19167 octave-blink-matching-block
19168 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19169 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19171 octave-block-offset
19172 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19175 octave-continuation-offset
19176 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19179 octave-continuation-string
19180 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19181 Default is a backslash.
19183 octave-mode-startup-message
19184 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19187 octave-send-echo-input
19188 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19189 command to the inferior Octave process.
19191 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19192 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19193 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19195 octave-send-echo-input
19196 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19198 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19200 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19201 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19203 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19204 (setq auto-mode-alist
19205 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19207 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19208 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19210 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19214 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19215 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19217 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19218 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19219 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19220 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19226 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19227 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19228 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19229 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-todo-list org-agenda-list
19230 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19231 ;;;;;; (17742 39827))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19234 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19235 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19236 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19238 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19239 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19240 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19241 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19242 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19243 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19244 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19245 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19246 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19247 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19249 The following commands are available:
19255 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19256 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19258 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19259 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19260 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19261 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19262 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19264 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19265 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19266 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19267 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19268 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19269 and zoom in further.
19270 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19272 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19273 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19274 is negative, go up that many levels.
19276 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19277 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19278 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19280 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19281 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19285 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19286 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19290 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19291 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19292 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19293 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19295 a Call `org-agenda' to display the agenda for the current day or week.
19296 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19297 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19298 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19299 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19300 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19301 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19303 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19304 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19305 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19307 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19308 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19309 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19313 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19314 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19315 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19316 will be able to go to other weeks.
19317 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19318 also be shown, under the current date.
19319 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19320 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19321 to turn on logging.
19322 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19323 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19324 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19326 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19328 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19329 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19330 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19331 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19332 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19333 `org-todo-keywords'.
19335 \(fn ARG &optional KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19337 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19338 Return diary information from org-files.
19339 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19340 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19341 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19342 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19344 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19345 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19346 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19348 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19349 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19350 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19351 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19353 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19354 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19355 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19357 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19358 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19359 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19360 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19362 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19364 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19366 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19367 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19371 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19372 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19375 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19377 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19378 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19379 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19381 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19383 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19384 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19385 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19387 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19389 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19390 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19391 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19392 \\[org-insert-link].
19393 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19394 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19395 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19399 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19400 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19401 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19402 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19403 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19407 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19408 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19409 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19410 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19414 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19415 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19416 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19417 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19418 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19419 file the text at a specific location.
19420 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19421 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19422 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19424 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19425 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19426 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19427 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19428 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19429 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19430 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19431 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19433 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19434 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19435 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19436 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19438 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19439 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19440 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19442 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19443 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19444 \(i.e. after the stars).
19446 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19450 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19451 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19455 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19456 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19460 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19461 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19462 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19463 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19467 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19468 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19469 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19470 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19474 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19475 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19476 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19482 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19483 ;;;;;; (17507 34703))
19484 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19485 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19487 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19488 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19489 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19490 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19492 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19493 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19494 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19495 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19497 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19498 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19499 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19500 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19501 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19502 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19504 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19505 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19506 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19508 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19509 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19510 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19511 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19512 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19513 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19514 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19515 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19516 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19517 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19518 The subheadings remain visible.
19519 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19521 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19522 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19523 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19525 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19526 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19530 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19531 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19532 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19533 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17493
19541 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19542 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19543 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19544 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19545 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19546 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19547 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19548 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19549 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19550 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19554 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17383 40514))
19555 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19557 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19558 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19559 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19560 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19561 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19562 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19564 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19566 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19567 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19568 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19569 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19571 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19572 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19578 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19579 ;;;;;; (17386 21901))
19580 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19582 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19583 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19584 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19585 unknown are returned as nil.
19587 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19591 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17388
19593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19595 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19596 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19597 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19599 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19600 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19602 Other useful functions are:
19604 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19605 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19606 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19607 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19608 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19609 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19610 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19611 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19612 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19614 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19616 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19617 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19618 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19619 Indentation for case statements.
19620 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19621 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19623 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19624 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19625 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19626 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19627 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19628 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19629 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19630 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19631 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19632 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19634 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19635 pascal-separator-keywords.
19637 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19638 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19644 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19645 ;;;;;; (17383 40547))
19646 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19648 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19649 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19650 The keys affected are:
19651 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19652 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19653 M-Backspace does undo.
19654 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19655 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19656 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19662 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19663 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17383 40547))
19664 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19666 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19667 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19668 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19669 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19670 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19671 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19673 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19675 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19676 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19678 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19680 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19681 which modify the status of the mark.
19683 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19684 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19686 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19687 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19689 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19690 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19691 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19692 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19693 turning PC Selection mode on.
19695 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19696 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19698 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19699 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19700 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19702 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19703 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19704 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19706 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19707 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19709 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19710 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19711 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19713 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19714 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19715 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19721 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19722 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19727 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19728 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19729 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19730 and cursor movement commands.
19731 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19732 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19733 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19735 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19739 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17383
19741 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19743 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19744 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19750 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19751 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17383 40514))
19752 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19754 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19755 Completion for `gzip'.
19759 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19760 Completion for `bzip2'.
19764 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19765 Completion for GNU `make'.
19769 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19770 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19774 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19778 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19779 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17383 40514))
19780 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19782 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19783 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19787 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19788 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19792 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19793 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19799 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17383
19801 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19803 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19804 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19805 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19806 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19807 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19808 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19814 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19815 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19816 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17383 40515))
19817 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19819 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19820 Completion for `cd'.
19824 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19826 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19827 Completion for `rmdir'.
19831 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19832 Completion for `rm'.
19836 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19837 Completion for `xargs'.
19841 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19843 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19844 Completion for `which'.
19848 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19849 Completion for the `chown' command.
19853 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19854 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19860 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19861 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19862 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17455
19864 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19866 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19867 Support extensible programmable completion.
19868 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19869 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19871 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19873 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19874 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19878 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19879 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19880 This will modify the current buffer.
19884 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19885 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19889 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19890 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19891 This will modify the current buffer.
19895 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19896 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19900 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19901 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19905 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19906 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19907 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19908 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19909 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19911 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19913 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19914 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19920 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19921 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19922 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17697 25399))
19923 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19925 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19926 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19927 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19928 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19930 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19932 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19934 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19935 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19936 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19937 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19938 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19939 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19942 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19944 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19945 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19946 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19947 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19948 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19949 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19950 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19951 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19953 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19955 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19956 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19957 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19958 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19959 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19960 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19961 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19964 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19966 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19967 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19968 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19969 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19970 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19971 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19972 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19974 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19976 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19978 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19979 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19980 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19982 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
19984 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19985 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19986 nil means never do it.
19987 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19988 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19989 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19991 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
19993 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19994 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19995 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17672 28070))
20000 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20002 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20006 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20007 ;;;;;; (17499 9471))
20008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20010 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20011 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20012 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20013 Tab indents for Perl code.
20014 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20015 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20016 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20018 Variables controlling indentation style:
20019 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20020 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20021 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20022 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20023 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20024 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20025 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20027 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20028 `perl-indent-level'
20029 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20030 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20031 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20032 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20033 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20034 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20035 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20036 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20037 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20038 `perl-brace-offset'
20039 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20040 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20041 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20042 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20043 `perl-label-offset'
20044 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20045 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20046 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20048 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20049 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20050 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20051 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20052 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20053 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20054 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20056 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20062 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20063 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20064 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20065 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17661 56347))
20066 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20068 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20069 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20071 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20073 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20074 passphrase cache or user.
20076 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20078 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20079 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20081 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20084 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20086 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20087 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20089 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20092 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20093 passphrase cache or user.
20095 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20097 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20098 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20100 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20102 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20105 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20106 passphrase cache or user.
20108 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20110 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20111 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20113 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20114 passphrase cache or user.
20116 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20118 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20119 Decrypt the current buffer.
20121 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20124 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20125 passphrase cache or user.
20127 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20129 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20130 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20132 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20133 a detached signature.
20135 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20136 and the the output is displayed.
20138 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20139 passphrase cache or user.
20141 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20143 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20144 Sign the current buffer.
20146 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20147 detached signature.
20149 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20152 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20153 and the the output is displayed.
20155 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20156 passphrase cache or user.
20158 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20160 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20161 Verify the current region between START and END.
20162 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20163 the detached signature of the current region.
20165 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20166 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20168 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20170 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20171 Verify the current buffer.
20172 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20173 the detached signature of the current region.
20174 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20175 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20176 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20179 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20181 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20182 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20186 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20187 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20189 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20191 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20192 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20198 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20199 ;;;;;; (17664 29027))
20200 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20202 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20203 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20205 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20209 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20210 ;;;;;; (17466 62510))
20211 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20213 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20214 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20215 \\<picture-mode-map>
20216 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20217 afterwards settable by these commands:
20219 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20220 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20221 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20222 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20224 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20225 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20226 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20227 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20229 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20230 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20231 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20232 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20234 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20235 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20236 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20237 with these commands:
20239 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20240 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20241 Move to column following last
20242 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20243 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20244 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20245 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20246 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20247 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20249 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20251 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20252 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20253 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20254 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20255 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20256 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20258 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20259 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20260 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20261 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20262 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20263 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20264 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20266 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20267 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20268 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20269 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20270 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20271 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20272 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20273 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20275 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20276 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20277 by supplying an argument.
20279 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20281 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20282 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20286 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20290 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20291 ;;;;;; (17602 7857))
20292 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20294 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20295 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20296 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20298 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20302 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17557 12730))
20303 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20305 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20306 Play pong and waste time.
20307 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20308 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20310 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20318 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20319 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17739 37748))
20320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20322 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20323 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20324 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20325 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20327 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20329 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20330 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20334 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20335 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20336 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20337 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20338 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20340 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20342 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20343 Evaluate an expression, then pretty-print value EXPVAL into a new buffer.
20344 If pretty-printed EXPVAL fits on one line, display it in the echo
20345 area instead. Also add EXPVAL to the front of the list
20346 in the variable `values'.
20348 Non-interactively, the argument is the value, EXPVAL, not the expression
20351 \(fn EXPVAL)" t nil)
20353 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20354 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20355 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20356 Ignores leading comment characters.
20362 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20363 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20364 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20365 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20366 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20367 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20368 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20369 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20370 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20371 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20372 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20373 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20374 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20375 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20376 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20377 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20378 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20379 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20380 ;;;;;; (17746 11736))
20381 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20383 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20384 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20386 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20388 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20390 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20392 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20393 Preview directory using ghostview.
20395 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20396 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20397 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20398 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20400 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20401 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20402 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20403 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20404 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20407 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20409 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20411 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20412 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20414 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20415 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20416 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20417 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20419 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20420 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20421 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20422 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20423 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20426 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20428 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20430 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20431 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20433 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20434 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20435 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20436 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20438 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20439 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20440 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20441 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20442 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20445 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20447 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20449 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20450 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20452 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20454 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20455 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20456 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20457 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20459 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20460 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20461 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20462 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20463 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20466 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20468 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20470 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20471 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20473 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20474 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20475 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20477 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20478 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20479 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20480 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20482 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20484 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20485 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20487 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20488 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20489 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20491 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20492 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20493 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20494 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20496 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20498 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20499 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20501 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20502 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20503 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20505 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20506 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20507 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20508 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20510 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20512 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20513 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20515 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20517 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20518 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20519 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20521 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20522 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20523 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20524 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20526 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20528 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20529 Preview region using ghostview.
20531 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20533 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20535 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20536 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20538 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20540 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20542 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20543 Print region using PostScript printer.
20545 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20547 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20549 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20550 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20552 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20554 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20556 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20557 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20559 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20561 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20563 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20564 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20566 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20568 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20570 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20571 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20573 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20575 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20577 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20578 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20580 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20582 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20584 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20585 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20586 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20587 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20589 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20592 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20593 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20595 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20597 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20599 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20600 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20601 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20602 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20606 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20607 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20608 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20609 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20613 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20614 Print directory using text printer.
20616 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20619 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20620 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20622 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20624 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20626 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20627 Print buffer using text printer.
20631 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20632 Print region using text printer.
20636 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20637 Print major mode using text printer.
20641 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20642 Preview spooled PostScript.
20644 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20645 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20646 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20648 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20649 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20650 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20652 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20654 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20655 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20657 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20658 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20659 instead of sending it to the printer.
20661 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20662 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20663 image in a file with that name.
20665 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20667 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20668 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20670 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20671 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20672 instead of sending it to the printer.
20674 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20675 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20676 image in a file with that name.
20678 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20680 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20681 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20683 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20684 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20685 instead of sending it to the printer.
20687 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20688 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20689 image in a file with that name.
20691 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20693 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20694 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20696 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20698 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20699 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20701 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20703 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20704 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20706 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20708 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20709 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20711 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20713 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20714 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20716 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20718 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20719 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20721 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20722 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20723 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20724 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20726 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20727 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20728 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20729 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20730 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20731 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20734 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20736 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20737 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20741 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20742 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20744 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20746 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20751 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20752 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20756 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20757 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20761 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20762 Toggle printing with faces.
20766 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20771 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20776 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20779 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20781 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20786 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20791 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20792 Toggle upside-down.
20796 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20797 Toggle line number.
20801 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20802 Toggle zebra stripes.
20806 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20807 Toggle printing header.
20811 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20812 Toggle printing header frame.
20816 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20821 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20822 Toggle auto region.
20826 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20831 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20832 Customization of the `printing' group.
20834 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20836 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20837 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20839 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20841 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20842 Help for the printing package.
20844 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20846 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20847 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20851 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20852 Interactively select a text printer.
20856 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20857 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20861 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20862 Show current ps-print settings.
20864 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20866 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20867 Show current printing settings.
20869 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20871 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20872 Show current lpr settings.
20874 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20876 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20877 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20879 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20880 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20881 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20882 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20885 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20887 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20888 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20889 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20891 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20892 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20893 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20894 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20895 current active printer.
20897 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20898 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20899 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20902 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20903 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20904 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20905 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20906 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20909 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20910 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20912 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20914 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20915 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20916 be done using the new current active printer.
20918 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20919 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20922 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20923 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20924 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20925 instead of sending it to the printer.
20927 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20928 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20931 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20934 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20937 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20939 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20940 Fast fire function for text printing.
20942 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20943 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20944 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20945 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20947 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20948 user for a new active text printer.
20950 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20952 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20954 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20955 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20958 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20960 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20963 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20967 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20968 ;;;;;; (17664 29030))
20969 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20971 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20972 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20973 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20975 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20976 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20977 if that value is non-nil.
20981 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
20983 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
20984 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20985 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
20987 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
20991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17383 40518))
20992 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20994 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20995 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20996 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21000 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17388
21002 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21004 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21005 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21007 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21009 The following variables hold user options, and can
21010 be set through the `customize' command:
21012 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21014 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21015 `ps-mode-print-function'
21017 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21021 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21024 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21030 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21031 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21032 The keymap for this second window is:
21034 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21037 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21038 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21039 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21040 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21041 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21047 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21048 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21049 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21050 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17383 40518))
21051 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21053 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21054 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21058 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21059 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21060 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21061 changed by setting the variable
21062 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21063 The initial value of this variable is
21064 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21067 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21068 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21069 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21070 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21071 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21072 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21075 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21076 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21077 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21078 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21079 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21080 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21081 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21082 use this value, be sure to have installed
21083 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21084 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21085 documentation of this variable).
21087 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21088 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21089 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21090 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21091 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21092 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21094 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21096 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21098 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21099 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21100 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21102 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21104 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21109 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21110 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21112 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21114 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21118 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21120 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21123 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21125 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21126 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21128 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21131 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21135 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21137 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21140 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21142 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21143 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21147 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21148 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21149 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21151 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21153 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21154 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21155 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21157 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21159 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21166 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21167 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21168 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21169 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21170 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21171 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17681
21173 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21175 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21176 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21177 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21179 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21181 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21182 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21183 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21184 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21186 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21188 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21189 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21193 nil Do not print colors.
21197 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21198 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21200 Any other value is treated as t.")
21202 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21204 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21205 Customization of ps-print group.
21209 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21210 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21212 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21213 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21214 sending it to the printer.
21216 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21217 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21218 image in a file with that name.
21220 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21222 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21223 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21224 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21225 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21226 so it has a way to determine color values.
21228 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21230 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21231 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21232 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21234 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21236 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21237 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21238 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21239 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21240 so it has a way to determine color values.
21242 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21244 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21245 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21246 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21247 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21249 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21253 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21254 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21255 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21256 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21257 so it has a way to determine color values.
21259 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21263 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21264 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21265 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21267 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21269 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21271 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21272 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21273 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21274 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21275 so it has a way to determine color values.
21277 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21279 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21281 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21282 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21284 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21285 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21286 instead of sending it to the printer.
21288 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21289 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21290 image in a file with that name.
21292 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21294 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21295 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21296 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21297 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21298 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21302 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21303 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21304 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21306 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21308 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21309 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21310 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21312 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21314 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21315 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21319 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21320 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21322 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21323 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21325 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21326 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21328 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21330 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21332 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21334 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21335 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21337 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21338 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21340 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21341 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21343 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21345 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21347 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21349 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21350 foreground and background colors respectively.
21352 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21353 bold - use bold font.
21354 italic - use italic font.
21355 underline - put a line under text.
21356 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21357 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21358 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21359 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21360 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21362 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21364 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21368 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21369 ;;;;;; (17725 15204))
21370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21372 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21374 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21376 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21378 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21379 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21380 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21381 buffer automatically.
21383 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21384 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21385 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21386 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21387 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21388 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21389 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21391 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21392 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21393 buffer for a list of commands.)
21395 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21397 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21398 Major mode for editing Python files.
21399 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21400 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21401 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21402 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21404 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21405 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21406 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21407 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21408 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21409 \\<python-mode-map>
21410 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21411 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21412 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21413 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21414 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21415 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21417 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21418 effect outside them.
21420 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21421 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21422 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21423 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21424 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21425 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21426 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21427 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21428 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21430 \\{python-mode-map}
21434 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21435 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21436 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21437 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21443 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21444 ;;;;;; (17409 38383))
21445 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21447 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21448 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21449 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21452 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21453 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21455 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21456 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21457 them into characters should be done separately.
21459 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21463 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21464 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21465 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21466 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21467 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17660 47810))
21468 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21470 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21471 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21475 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21476 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21477 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21479 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21480 `quail-activate', which see.
21482 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21484 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21485 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21486 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21487 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21488 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21489 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21490 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21492 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21493 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21494 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21495 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21496 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21498 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21500 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21501 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21502 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21503 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21504 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21505 list of candidates.
21507 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21508 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21509 command to be called.
21511 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21512 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21513 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21514 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21516 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21517 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21518 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21519 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21520 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21523 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21524 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21525 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21526 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21528 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21529 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21530 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21531 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21533 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21534 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21535 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21536 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21537 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21538 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21540 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21541 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21542 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21543 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21544 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21545 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21547 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21548 covers Quail translation region.
21550 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21551 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21552 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21553 for it) is inserted.
21555 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21556 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21557 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21559 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21560 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21561 non-Quail commands.
21563 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21565 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21566 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21568 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21569 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21570 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21571 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21572 you type is correctly handled.
21574 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21576 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21577 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21579 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21582 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21584 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21585 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21586 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21587 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21588 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21589 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21590 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21591 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21592 for the translation.
21593 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21595 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21596 it is used to handle KEY.
21598 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21599 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21600 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21601 the following annotation types are supported.
21603 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21604 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21606 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21609 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21610 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21611 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21614 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21615 generated for the following translations.
21617 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21619 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21620 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21622 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21623 which to install MAP.
21625 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21627 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21629 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21630 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21632 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21633 which to install MAP.
21635 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21637 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21639 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21640 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21641 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21642 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21643 a function, or a cons.
21644 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21645 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21646 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21647 for the translation.
21648 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21649 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21650 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21651 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21652 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21654 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21655 it is used to handle KEY.
21657 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21658 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21659 current Quail package.
21661 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21662 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21664 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21666 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21667 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21669 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21670 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21672 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21674 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21675 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21677 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21679 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21680 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21681 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21682 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21683 of the Emacs source tree.
21685 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21686 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21688 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21689 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21692 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21696 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21697 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21698 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17383
21700 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21702 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21703 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21704 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21705 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21707 To make use of this do something like:
21709 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21711 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21713 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21714 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21716 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21717 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21718 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21720 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21722 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21723 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21725 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21727 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21728 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21730 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21733 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21735 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21736 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21738 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21739 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21740 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21742 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21744 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21745 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21747 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21749 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21750 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21754 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21755 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21757 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21759 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21763 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21764 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21770 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21771 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17672 28071))
21772 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21774 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21776 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21780 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21782 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21785 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21787 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21788 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21789 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21791 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21792 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21794 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
21796 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21797 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21803 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17569
21805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21807 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21808 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21811 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21815 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21816 ;;;;;; (17500 33531))
21817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21819 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21821 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21822 Construct a regexp interactively.
21828 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17718 30636))
21829 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21831 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21832 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21833 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21834 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21835 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21836 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
21838 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
21840 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21841 Toggle recentf mode.
21842 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21843 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21845 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21846 that were operated on recently.
21848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21852 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21853 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21854 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21855 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17638
21857 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21859 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21860 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21861 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21862 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21864 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21866 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21868 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21869 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21870 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21871 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21874 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21875 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21878 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21880 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21881 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21882 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21884 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21885 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21888 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21890 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21891 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21892 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21894 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21896 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21897 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21899 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21900 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21902 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21905 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
21906 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
21907 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
21908 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
21911 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21913 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21914 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21918 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21919 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21920 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21921 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21922 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21923 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21924 and point is at the lower right corner.
21926 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21928 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21929 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21931 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21932 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21934 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21935 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21936 on the right side of the rectangle.
21938 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21940 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21942 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21943 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21944 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21945 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21946 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21948 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21949 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21951 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21953 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21954 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21955 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21957 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21959 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21961 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21963 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21964 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21966 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21967 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21968 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21970 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21972 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21973 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21974 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21976 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21977 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21978 rectangle which were empty.
21980 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21984 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17383
21986 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21988 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21989 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21990 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21992 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21993 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21994 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22000 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22001 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17404 51174))
22002 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22004 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22005 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22009 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22010 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22012 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22013 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22015 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22016 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22017 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22020 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22021 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22022 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22024 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22025 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22026 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22028 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22029 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22031 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22032 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22034 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22035 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22038 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22042 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22043 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22044 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22050 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22051 ;;;;;; (17744 57989))
22052 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22054 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22055 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22056 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22057 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22058 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22059 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22061 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22063 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22065 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22066 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22067 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22068 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22069 `reftex-cite-format'.
22071 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22072 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22073 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22074 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22076 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22080 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22081 ;;;;;; (17712 1062))
22082 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22084 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22085 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22086 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22087 the current TeX document.
22089 With no argument, this command toggles
22090 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22091 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22097 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22098 ;;;;;; (17413 62466))
22099 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22101 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22102 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22103 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22105 To insert new phrases, use
22106 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22107 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22109 To index phrases use one of:
22111 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22112 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22113 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22114 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22115 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22117 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22118 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22120 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22122 Here are all local bindings.
22124 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22130 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22131 ;;;;;; (17404 51173))
22132 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22134 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22135 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22136 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22139 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17704
22145 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22146 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22147 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22148 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22149 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22153 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22154 ;;;;;; (17383 40541))
22155 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22157 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22158 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
22159 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22160 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22161 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22162 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22164 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22165 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22167 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22170 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22172 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22173 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22174 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22175 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22177 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22181 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17383 40519))
22182 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22184 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22185 Repeat most recently executed command.
22186 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22187 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22188 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22190 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22191 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22192 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22194 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22198 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22199 ;;;;;; (17383 40558))
22200 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22202 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22203 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22205 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22206 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22207 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22208 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22209 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22210 and point is left after the salutation.
22212 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22213 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22214 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22215 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22216 left after that text.
22218 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22221 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22222 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22223 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22224 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22226 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22230 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22231 ;;;;;; (17383 40520))
22232 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22234 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22235 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22236 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22237 visibility of comments that precede it.
22238 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22239 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22240 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22241 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22242 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22243 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22244 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22245 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22247 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22248 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22249 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22250 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22251 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22254 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22258 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17742
22260 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22262 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22263 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22269 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22270 ;;;;;; (17493 6878))
22271 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22273 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22274 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22275 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22277 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22278 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22279 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22283 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22284 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22285 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22286 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22287 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22288 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22290 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22292 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22293 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22294 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22296 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22297 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22298 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22304 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22305 ;;;;;; (17383 40542))
22306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22308 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22309 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22313 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22314 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22316 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22320 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17383 40566))
22321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22322 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22324 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22325 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22326 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22327 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22329 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22331 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22332 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22333 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22334 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22336 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22337 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22339 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22340 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22342 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22343 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22346 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22347 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22348 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22349 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22350 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22352 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22353 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22354 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22355 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22357 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22358 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22361 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22365 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22366 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22367 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22368 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22369 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22370 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22371 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17740
22373 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22375 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22376 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22377 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22379 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22381 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22382 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22383 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22384 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22386 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22388 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22389 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22390 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22391 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22392 value is the user's email address and name.)
22393 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22395 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22396 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22397 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22398 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22399 which normally happens once for each message,
22400 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22401 To make a change in this variable take effect
22402 for a message that you have already viewed,
22403 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22405 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22407 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22408 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22409 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22410 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22412 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22414 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22415 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22417 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22419 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22420 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22421 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22422 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22424 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22426 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22427 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22429 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22431 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22432 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22434 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22436 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22437 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22438 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22439 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22440 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22442 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22444 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22445 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22446 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22447 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22449 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22451 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22452 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22454 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22456 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22457 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22459 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22461 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22462 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22464 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22466 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22467 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22469 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22470 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22472 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22473 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22475 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22477 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22478 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22480 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22481 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22482 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22483 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22485 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22486 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22488 This is set to nil by default.")
22490 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22491 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22492 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22493 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22494 until a user explicitly requires it.
22496 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22497 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22500 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22502 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22503 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22504 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22505 It is called with no argument.")
22507 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22508 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22509 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22510 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22511 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22512 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22513 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22515 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22516 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22517 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22518 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22519 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22520 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22522 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22523 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22524 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22525 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22526 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22528 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22529 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22530 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22531 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22532 MSG is the message number,
22533 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22534 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22536 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22537 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22538 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22539 this feature is required with `require'.
22541 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22542 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22544 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22545 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22546 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22547 the message is decoded as normal way.
22549 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22550 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22551 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22553 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22554 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22555 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22557 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22558 Read and edit incoming mail.
22559 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22560 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22561 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22563 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22564 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22565 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22566 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22568 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22570 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22572 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22573 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22574 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22575 Instead, these commands are available:
22577 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22578 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22579 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22580 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22581 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22582 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22583 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22584 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22585 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22586 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22587 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22588 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22589 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22590 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22591 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22592 till a deleted message is found.
22593 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22594 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22595 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22596 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22597 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22598 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22599 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22600 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22601 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22602 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22603 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22604 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22605 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22606 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22607 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22608 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22609 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22610 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22611 (label defaults to last one specified).
22612 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22613 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22614 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22615 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22616 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22617 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22618 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22619 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22620 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22624 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22625 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22627 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22629 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22630 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22632 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22636 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22637 ;;;;;; (17383 40559))
22638 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22640 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22641 Edit the contents of this message.
22647 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22648 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22649 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17383 40559))
22650 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22652 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22653 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22654 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22656 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22658 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22659 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22660 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22662 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22664 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22667 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22669 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22670 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22671 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22672 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22673 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22675 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22677 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22678 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22679 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22680 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22681 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22683 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22687 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22688 ;;;;;; (17383 40559))
22689 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22691 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22692 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22693 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22694 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22696 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22700 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22701 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22702 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17383 40559))
22703 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22705 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22706 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22707 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22708 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22709 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22710 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22711 a file name as a string.")
22713 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22715 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22716 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22717 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22718 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22719 buffer visiting that file.
22720 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22721 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22723 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22724 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22726 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22727 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22729 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22730 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22732 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22734 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22735 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22737 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22739 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22740 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22741 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22742 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22743 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22745 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22746 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22747 will be appended with their original headers.
22749 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22750 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22752 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22753 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22755 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22757 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22759 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22760 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22761 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22763 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22767 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22768 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22769 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17383
22771 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22773 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22774 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22775 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22777 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22779 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22780 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22781 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22783 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22785 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22786 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22787 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22789 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22791 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22792 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22793 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22795 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22797 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22798 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22799 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22801 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22803 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22804 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22805 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22807 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22809 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22810 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22811 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22812 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22814 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22818 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22819 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22820 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22821 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22822 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17427 24977))
22823 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22825 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22826 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22828 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
22830 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22831 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22833 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
22835 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22836 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22840 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22841 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22842 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22844 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22846 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22847 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22848 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22849 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22850 only look in the To and From fields.
22851 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22853 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22855 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22856 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22857 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22858 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22859 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22861 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22863 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22864 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22865 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22866 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22867 look in the whole message.
22868 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22870 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22872 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22873 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22874 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22876 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22878 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22879 *Function to decode summary-line.
22881 By default, `identity' is set.")
22883 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
22885 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22886 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22887 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22888 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22889 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22890 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22891 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22893 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22894 sent by you under different user names.
22895 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22897 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22899 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
22903 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22904 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17383 40520))
22905 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22907 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22908 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22910 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22912 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22913 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22915 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22917 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22918 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22920 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22922 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22923 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22924 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22926 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22927 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22930 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22934 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22935 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22941 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17743
22943 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22945 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22946 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22952 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17418
22954 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22956 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22957 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22958 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22959 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22961 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22963 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22964 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22965 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22966 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22968 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22972 matches string STRING literally.
22975 matches character CHAR literally.
22977 `not-newline', `nonl'
22978 matches any character except a newline.
22981 matches any character
22986 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22987 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22988 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22990 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22991 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22992 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22993 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22995 `(not (any SET ...))'
22996 matches any character not in SET ...
22998 `line-start', `bol'
22999 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23000 in the text being matched
23003 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23005 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23006 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23007 string being matched against.
23009 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23010 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23011 string being matched against.
23014 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23015 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23018 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23019 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23022 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23024 `word-start', `bow'
23025 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23029 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23032 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23035 `(not word-boundary)'
23036 `not-word-boundary'
23037 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23040 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23041 matches 0 through 9.
23044 matches ASCII control characters.
23046 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23047 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23050 matches space and tab only.
23053 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23056 `printing', `print'
23057 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23060 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23061 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23062 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23064 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23065 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23066 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23069 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23072 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23074 `lower', `lower-case'
23075 matches anything lower-case.
23077 `upper', `upper-case'
23078 matches anything upper-case.
23080 `punctuation', `punct'
23081 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23082 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23084 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23085 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23088 matches anything that has word syntax.
23091 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23094 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23095 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23096 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23098 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23099 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23102 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23103 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23104 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23105 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23106 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23108 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23109 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23110 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23111 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23112 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23114 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23115 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23117 `(category CATEGORY)'
23118 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23119 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23121 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23122 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23123 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23124 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23128 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23129 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23130 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23131 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23132 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23133 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23134 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23135 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23136 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23137 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23138 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23139 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23140 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23141 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23150 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23154 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23156 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23161 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23162 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23164 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23165 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23166 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23167 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23168 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23170 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23171 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23172 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23173 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23175 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23176 another name for `submatch'.
23178 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23179 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23180 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23181 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23182 regular expression.
23184 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23185 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23186 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23187 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23188 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23190 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23191 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23193 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23194 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23196 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23198 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23201 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23202 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23205 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23206 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23208 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23210 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23213 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23216 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23218 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23219 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23221 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23224 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23227 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23231 matches N occurrences.
23234 matches N or more occurrences.
23236 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23237 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23238 matches N to M occurrences.
23241 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23244 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23247 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23250 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23254 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23256 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23260 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23261 ;;;;;; (17458 43622))
23262 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23264 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23265 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23266 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23269 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23271 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23272 Toggle savehist-mode.
23273 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23274 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23275 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23276 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23278 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23279 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23280 which is probably undesirable.
23286 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23287 ;;;;;; (17388 57149))
23288 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23290 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23291 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23292 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23294 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23295 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23296 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23297 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23298 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23299 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23300 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23301 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23304 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23305 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23306 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23307 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23308 if that value is non-nil.
23312 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23313 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23314 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23317 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23318 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23319 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23320 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23321 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23322 that variable's value is a string.
23328 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23329 ;;;;;; (17382 22970))
23330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23332 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23333 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23334 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23336 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23342 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23343 ;;;;;; (17383 40521))
23344 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23346 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23347 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23348 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23349 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23350 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23351 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23353 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23355 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23356 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23357 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23358 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23359 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23365 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23366 ;;;;;; (17383 40521))
23367 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23369 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23370 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23371 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23372 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23373 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23380 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23381 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23382 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23383 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23384 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23385 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23386 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23387 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23388 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17660 47811))
23389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23391 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23392 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23394 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23396 If `parens', they look like:
23397 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23398 If `angles', they look like:
23399 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23400 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23401 derived from the envelope-from address.
23403 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23404 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23405 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23406 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23408 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23410 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23411 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23412 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23413 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23415 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23416 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23417 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23418 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23420 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23422 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23423 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23424 This is done when the message is initialized,
23425 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23427 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23429 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23430 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23431 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23433 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23435 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23437 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23438 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23439 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23440 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23441 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23442 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23443 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23445 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23447 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23448 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23450 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23452 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23453 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23454 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23456 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23458 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23459 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23460 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23461 when you first send mail.")
23463 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23465 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23466 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23467 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23468 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23469 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23471 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23473 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23474 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23475 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23476 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23477 This file need not actually exist.")
23479 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23481 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23482 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23483 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23485 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23487 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23488 Alist of mail address aliases,
23489 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23490 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23491 can specify a different file name.)
23492 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23493 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23495 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23496 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23497 nil means use indentation.")
23499 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23501 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23502 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23503 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23505 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23507 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23508 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23509 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23510 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23511 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23512 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23513 in the cited portion of the message.
23515 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23516 instead of no action.")
23518 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23520 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23521 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23522 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23523 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23524 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23526 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23528 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23529 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23530 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23531 If a string, that string is inserted.
23532 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23533 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23534 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23535 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23537 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23539 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23540 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23542 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23544 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23545 Directory for mail buffers.
23546 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23547 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23549 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23551 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23552 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23553 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23554 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23556 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23558 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23559 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23560 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23561 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23564 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23566 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23567 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23568 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23569 `query' means ask the user each time.
23570 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23571 The default is `mime'.
23572 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23573 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23575 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23577 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23578 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23579 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23581 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23582 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23584 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23585 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23586 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23587 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23588 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23589 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23590 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23591 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23592 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23593 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23594 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23595 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23596 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23600 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23601 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23603 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23604 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23606 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23608 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23609 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23610 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23611 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23612 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23613 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23615 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23616 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23617 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23619 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23620 User should not set this variable manually,
23621 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23622 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23623 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23624 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23626 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23627 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23628 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23629 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23631 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23632 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23635 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23637 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23638 to move to message header fields:
23641 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23642 when the message is initialized.
23644 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23645 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23647 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23650 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23651 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23653 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23654 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23655 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23656 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23657 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23658 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23659 buffer without erasing the contents.
23661 The second through fifth arguments,
23662 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23663 the initial contents of those header fields.
23664 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23665 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23666 original message being replied to, or else an action
23667 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23668 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23669 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23670 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23671 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23672 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23674 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23676 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23677 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23679 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23681 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23682 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23684 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23688 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23689 ;;;;;; (17746 35370))
23690 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23692 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23693 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23694 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23695 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23696 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23697 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23699 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23701 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23703 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23704 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23705 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23706 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23707 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23708 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23710 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
23712 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23713 Toggle Server mode.
23714 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23715 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23716 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23722 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17693 43097))
23723 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23725 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23726 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23727 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23731 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23732 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23733 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23734 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23740 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23741 ;;;;;; (17521 50936))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23744 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23745 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23747 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23750 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23751 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23752 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23754 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23755 in your `.emacs' file.
23757 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23759 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23760 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23765 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23767 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23768 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23769 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23770 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23771 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23772 which this is based.
23774 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23776 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23777 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23778 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23779 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23781 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23782 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23783 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23785 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23786 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23787 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23788 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23790 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23791 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23792 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23793 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23795 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23797 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23798 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
23799 To work around that, do:
23800 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23808 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23809 ;;;;;; (17710 3081))
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23811 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23813 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23814 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23815 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23816 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23817 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23818 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23820 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23821 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23822 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23823 shell-specific features.
23825 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23826 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23827 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23829 \\[sh-case] case statement
23830 \\[sh-for] for loop
23831 \\[sh-function] function definition
23832 \\[sh-if] if statement
23833 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23834 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23835 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23836 \\[sh-select] select loop
23837 \\[sh-until] until loop
23838 \\[sh-while] while loop
23840 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23841 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23842 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23843 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23844 would indent to the way it currently is.
23845 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23846 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23849 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23850 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23851 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23852 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23853 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23854 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23856 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23858 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23860 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23861 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23862 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23864 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23865 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23869 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23873 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17382 22970))
23874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23876 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23877 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23878 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23879 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23880 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23881 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23883 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23887 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23888 ;;;;;; (17742 34367))
23889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23891 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23892 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23894 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23895 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23896 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23897 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23900 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23902 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23904 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23905 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23906 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23908 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
23909 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
23911 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23912 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23913 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
23914 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23915 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
23916 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23917 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23920 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23921 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23922 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23923 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23924 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23926 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23927 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23928 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23934 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23935 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17742
23937 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23939 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23940 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23941 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23942 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23943 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23944 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23949 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23950 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23951 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23952 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23953 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23957 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23958 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23959 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23960 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23961 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
23962 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23963 `shadow-define-cluster').
23967 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23968 Set up file shadowing.
23974 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23975 ;;;;;; (17715 55645))
23976 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23978 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23979 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23980 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23981 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23982 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23985 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
23987 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23988 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23989 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23990 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23991 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23992 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23993 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23994 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
23995 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
23996 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
23997 discards input when it starts up.)
23998 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23999 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24000 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24002 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24003 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24004 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24005 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24006 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24007 `default-process-coding-system'.
24009 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24010 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24011 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24012 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24014 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24016 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24017 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24021 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24022 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17382 22970))
24023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24025 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24028 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24030 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24033 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24035 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24038 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24042 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24043 ;;;;;; (17382 22970))
24044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24046 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24047 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24048 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24049 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24050 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24052 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17737 11883))
24059 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24060 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24064 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17388
24066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24068 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24069 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24070 \\{simula-mode-map}
24071 Variables controlling indentation style:
24072 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24073 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24074 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24075 `simula-indent-level'
24076 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24077 `simula-substatement-offset'
24078 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24079 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24080 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24081 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24082 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24083 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24084 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24085 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24086 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24087 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24088 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24089 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24090 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24091 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24092 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24093 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24094 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24095 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24096 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24097 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24098 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24099 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24100 or nil if they should not be changed.
24101 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24102 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24103 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24104 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24106 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24107 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24113 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24114 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17521 50933))
24115 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24117 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24118 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24120 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24121 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24122 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24123 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24125 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24127 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24129 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24130 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24131 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24132 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24133 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24135 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24136 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24138 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24140 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24141 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24143 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24144 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24145 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24146 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24148 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24149 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24150 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24151 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24153 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24154 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24155 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24157 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24158 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24160 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24161 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24163 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24164 _ interesting point, interregion here
24165 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24166 interesting point set by _
24167 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24168 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24169 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24170 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24171 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24172 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24175 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24176 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24178 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24179 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24180 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24181 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24182 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24183 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24184 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24185 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24187 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24188 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24189 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24190 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24191 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24194 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24195 then: insert previously read string once more
24196 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24197 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24198 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24200 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24201 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24203 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24205 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24206 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24208 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24209 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24210 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24211 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24212 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24215 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24216 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24217 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24223 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24224 ;;;;;; (17493 6878))
24225 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24227 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24228 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24229 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24232 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24234 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24235 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24236 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24242 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24243 ;;;;;; (17440 26399))
24244 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24246 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24247 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24248 A list of images is returned.
24250 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24252 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24253 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24254 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24256 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24260 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24261 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17718 30637))
24262 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24264 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24269 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24270 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24276 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17382 22978))
24277 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24279 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24280 Play the Snake game.
24281 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24283 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24285 Snake mode keybindings:
24287 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24288 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24289 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24290 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24291 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24292 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24293 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24299 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24300 ;;;;;; (17383 40567))
24301 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24303 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24304 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24305 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24306 Tab indents for C code.
24307 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24308 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24310 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24315 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24316 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24317 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24318 Tab indents for C code.
24319 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24320 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24322 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24323 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24329 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24330 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24331 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17386 21901))
24332 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24334 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24335 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24337 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24338 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24339 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24341 For example, the form
24343 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24344 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24346 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24348 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24350 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24351 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24353 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24354 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24355 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24358 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24360 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24362 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24363 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24365 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24366 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24367 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24370 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24372 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24374 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24375 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24376 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24379 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24381 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24383 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24384 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24385 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24387 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24388 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24390 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24394 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24395 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24396 Requires floating point.
24402 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17382
24404 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24406 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24409 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24410 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24411 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24412 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24413 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24414 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24415 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24416 check after each move or undo)
24420 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24421 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24422 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24441 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24442 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24443 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24444 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24446 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24447 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24448 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24451 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24452 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24454 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24470 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24472 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24478 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24479 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24480 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17739 37747))
24481 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24483 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24484 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24486 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24487 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24488 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24489 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24492 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24493 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24494 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24497 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24498 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24500 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24501 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24502 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24503 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24506 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24507 It should move point to the end of the record.
24509 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24510 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24511 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24512 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24513 starts at the beginning of the record.
24515 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24516 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24519 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24520 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24522 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24524 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24525 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24526 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24527 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24528 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24531 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24533 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24534 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24535 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24536 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24537 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24540 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24542 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24543 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24544 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24545 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24546 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24549 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24551 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24552 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24553 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24554 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24555 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24556 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24557 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24558 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24559 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24561 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24563 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24564 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24565 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24566 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24567 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24568 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24569 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24572 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24574 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24575 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24576 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24577 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24578 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24579 is to be used for sorting.
24580 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24581 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24582 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24583 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24584 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24586 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24588 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24591 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24592 starting with the letter \"f\",
24593 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24595 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24597 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24598 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24599 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24600 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24601 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24602 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24603 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24606 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24607 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24608 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24609 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24610 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24612 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24614 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24615 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24616 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24618 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24622 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17440
24624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24626 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24627 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24633 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24634 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24635 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17386 21908))
24636 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24638 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24639 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24641 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24642 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24643 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24645 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24647 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24648 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24649 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24652 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24654 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24655 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24656 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24658 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24660 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24661 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24662 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24663 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24668 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24669 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24670 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24671 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24677 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24678 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17739 37747))
24679 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24681 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24683 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24684 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24685 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24686 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24687 supported at a time.
24688 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24689 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24693 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24694 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24695 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24696 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24702 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24703 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17383 40578))
24704 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24706 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24708 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24709 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24710 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24711 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24712 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24713 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24717 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24718 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24719 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24720 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24724 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24725 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24726 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24727 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24728 for example, \"word\".
24730 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24732 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24733 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24735 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24739 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17382
24741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24743 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24744 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24748 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24749 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24755 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24756 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24757 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24758 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17388
24760 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24762 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24763 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24765 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24766 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24767 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24768 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24769 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24770 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24771 of the current highlighting list.
24775 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24776 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24778 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24779 `_t' as data types.
24781 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24783 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24784 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24786 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24787 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24789 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24791 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24792 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24793 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24795 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24797 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24798 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24799 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24800 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24801 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24802 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24804 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24805 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24807 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24809 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24810 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24811 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24812 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24814 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24815 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24816 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24817 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24819 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24820 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24821 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24825 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24826 Major mode to edit SQL.
24828 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24829 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24830 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24833 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24835 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24836 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24837 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24838 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24839 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24840 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24842 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24843 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24845 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24846 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24847 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24849 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24851 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24855 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24856 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24858 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24859 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24862 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24864 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24866 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24867 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24869 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24870 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24873 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24874 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24875 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24876 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24878 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24879 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24881 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24882 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24883 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24884 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24885 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24886 `default-process-coding-system'.
24888 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24892 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24893 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24895 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24896 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24899 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24900 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24901 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24902 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24904 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24905 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24907 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24908 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24909 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24910 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24911 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24912 `default-process-coding-system'.
24914 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24918 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24919 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24921 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24922 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24925 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24926 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24928 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24929 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24931 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24932 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24933 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24934 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24935 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24936 `default-process-coding-system'.
24938 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24942 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24943 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24945 SQLite is free software.
24947 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24948 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24951 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24952 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24953 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24954 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24956 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24957 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24959 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24960 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24961 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24962 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24963 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24964 `default-process-coding-system'.
24966 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24970 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24971 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24973 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24975 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24976 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24979 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24980 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24981 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24982 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24984 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24985 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24987 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24988 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24989 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24990 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24991 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24992 `default-process-coding-system'.
24994 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24998 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24999 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25001 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25002 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25005 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25006 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25009 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25010 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25012 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25013 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25014 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25015 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25016 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25017 `default-process-coding-system'.
25019 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25023 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25024 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25026 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25027 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25030 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25031 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25033 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25034 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25036 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25037 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25038 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25039 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25040 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25041 `default-process-coding-system'.
25043 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25047 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25048 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25050 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25051 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25054 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25055 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25056 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25057 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25059 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25060 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25062 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25063 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25064 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25065 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25066 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25067 `default-process-coding-system'.
25069 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25073 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25074 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25076 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25077 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25080 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25081 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25082 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25083 `sql-postgres-options'.
25085 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25086 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25088 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25089 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25090 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25091 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25092 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25093 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25094 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25095 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25097 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25098 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25100 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25104 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25105 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25107 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25108 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25111 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25112 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25115 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25116 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25118 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25119 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25120 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25121 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25122 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25123 `default-process-coding-system'.
25125 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25129 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25130 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25132 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25133 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25136 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25139 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25140 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25142 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25143 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25144 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25145 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25147 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25148 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25149 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25150 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25151 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25152 `default-process-coding-system'.
25154 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25158 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25159 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25161 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25162 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25165 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25166 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25167 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25168 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25171 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25172 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25173 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25174 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25177 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25178 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25180 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25186 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25187 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25188 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25189 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25190 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17704
25192 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25194 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25195 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25196 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25197 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25198 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25199 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25201 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25203 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25205 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25206 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25207 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25208 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25209 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25210 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25211 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25213 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25215 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25216 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25217 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25218 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25219 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25220 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25221 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25223 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25225 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25226 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25227 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25229 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25231 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25232 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25233 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25235 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25237 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25238 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25240 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25242 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25243 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25247 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25248 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25252 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25253 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25254 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25255 chronologically by command name.
25256 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25258 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25260 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25261 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25262 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25264 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25265 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25267 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25269 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25270 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25271 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25272 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25273 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25274 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25275 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25277 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25278 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25279 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25280 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25282 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25286 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25287 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25288 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25289 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25291 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25293 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25294 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25300 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25301 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25302 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25304 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25305 Studlify-case the region.
25307 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25309 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25310 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25312 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25314 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25315 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25321 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17746 11736))
25322 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25324 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25325 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25326 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25327 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25328 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25329 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25331 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25332 is used instead of `load-path'.
25334 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25335 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25336 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25338 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25342 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25343 ;;;;;; (17383 40560))
25344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25346 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25347 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25348 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25349 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25350 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25351 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25352 original message but it does require a few things:
25354 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25356 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25359 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25360 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25363 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25365 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25367 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25368 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25369 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25375 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17742 41228))
25376 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25378 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25379 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25380 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25381 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25382 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25383 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25385 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25387 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25388 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25389 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25391 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25397 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17606 37926))
25398 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25400 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25401 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25402 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25403 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25404 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25406 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25408 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25409 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25410 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25411 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25412 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25413 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25414 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25416 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25420 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25421 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25422 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25423 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25424 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25425 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25426 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25427 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25428 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25429 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25430 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25431 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25432 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17739 37751))
25433 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25435 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25436 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25437 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25439 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25441 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25442 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25444 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25446 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25447 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25449 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25451 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25452 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25454 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25456 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25457 Insert an editable text table.
25458 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25459 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25460 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25461 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25462 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25463 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25468 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25470 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25475 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25476 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25477 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25478 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25481 +-----+-----+-----+
25483 +-----+-----+-----+
25485 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25487 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25488 width, which results as
25490 +--------------+-----+-----+
25492 +--------------+-----+-----+
25494 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25495 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25497 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25499 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25501 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25502 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25503 width information to `table-insert'.
25505 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25511 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25514 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25515 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25517 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25520 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25522 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25524 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25527 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25530 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25532 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25534 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25537 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25540 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25543 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25544 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25545 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25547 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25550 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25553 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25556 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25558 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25561 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25564 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25565 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25566 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25567 | | |expected results.-!- |
25568 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25571 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25573 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25577 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25579 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25580 Insert N table row(s).
25581 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25582 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25583 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25584 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25588 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25589 Insert N table column(s).
25590 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25591 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25592 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25593 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25597 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25598 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25599 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25601 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25603 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25604 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25605 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25606 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25607 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25608 all the table specific features.
25610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25612 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25617 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25618 Recognize all tables within region.
25619 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25620 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25621 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25624 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25626 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25629 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25631 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25632 Recognize a table at point.
25633 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25634 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25635 the table specific features.
25637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25639 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25644 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25645 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25646 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25647 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25648 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25649 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25650 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25652 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25654 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25659 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25660 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25661 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25662 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25663 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25664 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25667 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25669 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25670 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25671 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25672 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25673 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25674 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25675 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25680 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25681 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25682 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25683 table's rectangle structure.
25685 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25687 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25688 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25689 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25690 table's rectangle structure.
25694 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25695 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25696 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25697 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25698 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25700 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25702 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25703 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25704 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25706 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25707 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25708 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25709 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25710 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25711 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25712 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25714 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25715 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25716 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25717 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25718 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25719 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25720 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25722 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25723 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25724 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25725 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25726 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25727 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25728 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25729 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25731 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25733 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25734 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25735 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25736 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25740 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25741 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25742 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25744 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25746 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25747 Split current cell vertically.
25748 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25752 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25753 Split current cell horizontally.
25754 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25758 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25759 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25760 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25762 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25764 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25765 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25766 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25767 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25769 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25771 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25772 Justify cell contents.
25773 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25774 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25775 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25776 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25778 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25780 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25781 Justify cells of a row.
25782 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25783 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25785 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25787 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25788 Justify cells of a column.
25789 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25790 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25792 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25794 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25795 Toggle fixing width mode.
25796 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25797 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25798 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25802 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25803 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25804 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25805 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25806 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25807 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25808 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25809 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25810 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25811 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25812 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25814 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25816 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25817 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25818 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25819 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25820 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25821 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25822 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25823 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25824 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25825 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25826 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25827 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25830 References used for this implementation:
25836 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25838 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25839 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25840 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25842 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25844 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25845 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25846 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25847 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25848 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25849 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25850 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25851 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25852 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25853 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25854 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25855 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25856 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25857 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25858 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25859 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25860 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25865 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25866 (table-forward-cell 15)
25867 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25868 (table-forward-cell 16)
25869 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25870 (table-forward-cell 1)
25871 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25874 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25875 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25876 (table-forward-cell 1)
25877 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25879 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25881 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25882 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25883 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25884 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25885 consists from cells of same height.
25889 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25890 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25891 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25892 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25893 column must consists from cells of same width.
25897 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25898 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25899 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25900 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25901 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25902 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25903 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25904 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25905 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25906 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25907 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25908 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25909 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25910 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25911 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25920 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25921 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25922 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25925 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25927 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25929 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25931 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25935 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25936 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25937 of each row is optional.
25942 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25943 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25944 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25945 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25946 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25948 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25949 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25951 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25952 expression and raw delimiter regular
25953 expression, it parses the specified text
25954 area and extracts cell items from
25955 non-table text and then forms a table out
25958 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25959 creates a single cell table. The text in
25960 the specified region is placed in that
25963 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25966 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25967 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25968 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25970 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25971 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25972 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25973 | area and extracts cell items from |
25974 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25977 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25978 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25979 | the specified region is placed in that |
25981 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25983 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25984 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25987 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25988 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25989 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25990 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25991 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25992 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25993 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25994 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25995 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25997 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25998 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25999 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26000 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26002 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26004 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26005 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26006 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26008 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26010 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26011 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26012 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26013 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26014 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26020 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17383 40523))
26021 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26023 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26024 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26026 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26030 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17526 41990))
26031 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26033 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26034 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26035 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26036 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26037 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26038 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26039 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26041 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26042 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26043 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26044 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26046 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26053 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26054 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17478 35187))
26055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26057 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26058 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26059 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26060 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26061 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26062 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26064 Variables controlling indentation style:
26066 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26067 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26068 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26070 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26071 documentation for details):
26072 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26073 Controls action of TAB key.
26075 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26076 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26077 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26078 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26079 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26081 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26082 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26090 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26091 Run inferior Tcl process.
26092 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26093 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26097 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26098 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26099 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26101 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26105 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17383 40567))
26106 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26107 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26109 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26110 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26111 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26112 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26114 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26115 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26116 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26117 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26118 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26120 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26121 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26123 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26124 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26125 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26126 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26132 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17565
26134 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26136 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26137 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26138 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26139 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26140 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26141 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26143 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26145 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26146 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26147 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26148 commands to use in that buffer.
26150 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26152 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26154 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26155 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26157 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26161 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17742
26163 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26165 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26166 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26167 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26168 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26169 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26170 program as keyboard input.
26172 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26173 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26174 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26175 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26177 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26178 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26179 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26180 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26181 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26183 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26185 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26186 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26187 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26188 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26190 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26191 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26192 subprocess started.
26194 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26198 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26199 ;;;;;; (17383 40543))
26200 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26202 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26203 Start coverage on function under point.
26209 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17382 22978))
26210 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26212 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26213 Play the Tetris game.
26214 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26215 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26216 as to form complete rows.
26218 tetris-mode keybindings:
26219 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26220 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26221 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26222 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26223 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26224 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26225 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26226 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26227 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26233 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26234 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26235 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26236 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26237 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26238 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26239 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26240 ;;;;;; (17557 12734))
26241 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26243 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26244 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26246 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26248 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26249 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26250 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26251 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26252 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26254 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26256 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26257 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26258 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26259 if it matches the first line of the file,
26260 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26262 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26264 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26265 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26266 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26267 if the variable is non-nil.")
26269 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26271 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26272 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26274 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26276 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26277 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26278 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26279 See the documentation of that variable.")
26281 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26283 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26284 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26285 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26286 See the documentation of that variable.")
26288 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26290 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26291 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26292 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26293 See the documentation of that variable.")
26295 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26297 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26298 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26299 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26300 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26301 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26303 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26305 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26306 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26307 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26308 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26310 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26312 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26313 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26314 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26316 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26318 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26319 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26320 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26321 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26323 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26325 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26326 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26327 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26328 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26330 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26332 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26333 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26334 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26335 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26337 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26338 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26341 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26342 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26344 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26347 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26349 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26350 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26351 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26352 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26353 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26355 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26357 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26359 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26360 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26361 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26363 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26365 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26366 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26367 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26368 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26369 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26371 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26373 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26374 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26376 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26378 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26379 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26381 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26383 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26384 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26385 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26386 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26387 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26388 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26389 says which mode to use.
26393 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26395 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26397 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26399 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26400 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26401 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26402 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26403 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26405 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26406 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26407 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26408 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26409 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26410 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26411 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26413 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26414 mismatched $'s or braces.
26417 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26421 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26423 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26424 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26425 tex-dvi-print-command
26426 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26427 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26428 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26429 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26430 tex-dvi-view-command
26431 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26432 tex-show-queue-command
26433 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26434 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26436 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26437 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26438 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26442 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26443 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26444 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26445 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26446 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26448 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26449 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26450 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26451 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26452 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26453 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26454 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26456 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26457 mismatched $'s or braces.
26464 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26466 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26467 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26468 tex-dvi-print-command
26469 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26470 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26471 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26472 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26473 tex-dvi-view-command
26474 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26475 tex-show-queue-command
26476 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26477 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26479 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26480 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26481 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26485 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26486 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26487 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26488 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26489 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26491 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26492 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26493 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26494 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26495 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26496 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26497 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26499 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26500 mismatched $'s or braces.
26503 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26507 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26509 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26510 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26511 tex-dvi-print-command
26512 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26513 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26514 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26515 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26516 tex-dvi-view-command
26517 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26518 tex-show-queue-command
26519 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26520 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26522 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26523 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26524 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26525 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26529 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26534 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26535 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26541 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26542 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17742 39766))
26543 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26545 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26546 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26547 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26548 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26550 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26551 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26552 Info-split to do these manually.
26554 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26556 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26557 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26558 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26559 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26560 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26562 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26564 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26565 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26566 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26567 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26569 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26570 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26571 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26572 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26574 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26575 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26577 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26581 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26582 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17383 40579))
26583 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26585 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26586 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26588 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26590 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26591 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26593 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26595 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26596 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26598 It has these extra commands:
26599 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26601 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26602 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26603 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26604 modified version of TeX input format.
26606 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26607 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26608 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26609 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26611 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26612 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26613 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26614 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26615 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26616 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26617 in the Texinfo file.
26619 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26620 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26621 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26622 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26623 move forward past the closing brace.
26625 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26626 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26628 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26629 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26630 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26632 Here are the functions:
26634 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26635 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26636 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26638 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26639 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26640 texinfo-master-menu
26642 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26644 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26645 which menu descriptions are indented.
26647 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26648 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26651 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26652 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26653 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26654 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26656 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26657 be the first node in the file.
26659 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26660 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26666 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26667 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26668 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26669 ;;;;;; (17184 28284))
26670 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26672 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26673 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26674 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26675 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26677 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26679 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26680 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26682 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26684 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26685 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26689 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26692 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26694 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26695 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26696 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26697 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26700 The return value is number of composed characters.
26702 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26704 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26705 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26711 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26712 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26713 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17672 28071))
26714 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26716 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26717 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26719 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26721 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26722 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26723 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26724 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26725 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26727 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26728 a symbol as a valid THING.
26730 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26731 of the textual entity that was found.
26733 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26735 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26736 Return the THING at point.
26737 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26738 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26739 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26741 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26742 a symbol as a valid THING.
26744 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26746 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26751 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26756 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26761 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26768 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26769 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26770 ;;;;;; (17591 28068))
26771 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26773 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26774 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26778 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26779 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26780 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26781 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26783 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26785 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26786 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26790 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26791 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26795 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26797 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26798 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26804 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26805 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26806 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26807 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26808 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26809 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17113 1832))
26810 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26812 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26813 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26814 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26818 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26819 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26821 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26823 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26824 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26825 The returned string has no composition information.
26827 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26829 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26830 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26832 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26834 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26835 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26837 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26839 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26840 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26841 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26842 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26844 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26846 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26847 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26848 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26849 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26851 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26853 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26856 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26858 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26859 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26860 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26864 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26865 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26866 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26870 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26873 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26875 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26878 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26880 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26883 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26887 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26888 ;;;;;; (17383 40580))
26889 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26891 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26892 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26893 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26894 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26896 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26898 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26900 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26901 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26902 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26903 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26905 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26911 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26912 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17673 64787))
26913 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26915 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26916 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26918 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
26920 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26921 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26922 This display updates automatically every minute.
26923 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26924 are displayed as well.
26925 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26929 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26930 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26931 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26932 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26933 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26934 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
26936 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
26938 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26939 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26940 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26942 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26943 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26944 are displayed as well.
26945 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26951 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26952 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26953 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26954 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17386
26956 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26958 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26959 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26961 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26963 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26964 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26965 You can use `float-time' instead.
26967 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26969 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26970 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26972 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26974 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26975 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26977 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26979 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26980 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26982 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26984 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26985 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26986 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26988 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26990 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26992 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26993 Subtract two time values.
26994 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26996 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26998 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26999 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27001 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27003 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27004 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27005 DATE should be a date-time string.
27007 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27009 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27010 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27011 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27013 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27015 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27016 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27018 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27020 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27021 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27023 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27025 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27026 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27027 TIME should be a time value.
27028 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27030 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27032 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27033 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27034 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27036 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27040 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27041 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17487 50901))
27042 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27043 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27044 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27045 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27046 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27047 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27048 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27049 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27051 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27052 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27053 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27054 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27055 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27056 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27057 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27058 look like one of the following:
27061 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27062 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27063 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27064 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27065 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27066 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27067 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27072 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27073 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27074 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27080 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27081 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27082 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27083 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27084 ;;;;;; (17628 62478))
27085 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27087 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27088 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27089 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27090 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27091 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27092 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27093 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27094 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27095 display (non-nil means on).
27097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27099 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27100 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27101 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27102 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27103 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27104 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27105 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27106 this function is called within a day.
27108 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27109 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27110 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27111 discover the name of the project.
27113 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27115 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27116 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27117 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27118 begun during the last time segment.
27120 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27121 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27122 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27123 discover the reason.
27125 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27127 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27128 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27129 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27130 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27131 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27133 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27135 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27136 Change to working on a different project.
27137 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27138 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27139 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27142 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27144 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27145 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27146 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27150 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27151 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27152 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27156 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27157 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27158 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27159 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27160 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27161 \"relative to today\".
27163 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27165 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27166 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27167 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27168 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27170 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27172 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27173 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27174 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27175 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27176 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27177 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27179 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27183 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27184 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27185 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17687 3226))
27186 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27188 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27190 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27191 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27193 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27195 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27196 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27197 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27198 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27200 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27202 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27203 Perform an action at time TIME.
27204 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27205 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27206 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27207 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27208 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27209 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27211 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27213 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27215 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27216 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27217 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27218 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27219 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27221 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27223 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27225 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27226 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27227 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27228 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27230 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27232 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27233 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27234 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27235 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27236 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27237 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27238 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27240 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27241 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27243 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27245 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27246 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27248 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27249 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27250 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27251 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27252 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27253 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27256 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27260 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27261 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17113 1822))
27262 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27264 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27265 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27266 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27267 the generated Quail package is saved.
27269 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27271 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27272 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27273 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27274 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27275 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27276 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27277 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27279 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27283 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27284 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17113
27286 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27288 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27291 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27293 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27296 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27298 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27299 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27300 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27303 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27307 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27308 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17383 40524))
27309 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27310 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27311 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27312 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27314 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27315 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27316 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27317 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27318 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27320 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27322 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27323 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27324 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27325 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27326 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27328 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27330 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27331 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27332 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27333 in the menu in two ways:
27334 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27335 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27336 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27338 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27339 keymap or an alist of alists.
27340 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27341 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27343 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27347 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27348 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27349 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17386 21902))
27350 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27352 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27353 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27357 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27358 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27360 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27362 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27363 Insert new TODO list entry.
27364 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27369 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27370 List top priorities for each category.
27372 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27373 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27375 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27376 between each category.
27378 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27380 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27381 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27382 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27383 between each category.
27385 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27387 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27389 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27390 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27396 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27397 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27401 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27408 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27409 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27410 ;;;;;; (17494 35363))
27411 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27413 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27415 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27416 Add an item to the tool bar.
27417 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27418 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27419 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27420 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27422 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27423 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27424 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27425 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27427 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27428 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27430 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27432 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27433 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27434 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27435 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27436 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27437 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27439 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27440 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27441 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27442 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27444 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27446 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27447 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27448 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27449 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27450 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27451 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27452 properties to add to the binding.
27454 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27456 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27457 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27459 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27461 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27462 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27463 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27464 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27465 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27466 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27467 properties to add to the binding.
27469 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27472 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27476 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27477 ;;;;;; (17742 40702))
27478 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27480 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27481 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27482 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27483 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27484 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27485 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27487 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27489 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27494 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27496 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27497 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27503 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27504 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17383 40547))
27505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27507 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27508 Set scroll margins.
27510 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27512 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27513 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27517 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27518 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27524 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17649 42991))
27525 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27527 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27528 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27529 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27530 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27531 to a tcp server on another machine.
27533 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27537 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27538 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17656 34194))
27539 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27541 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27542 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27544 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27546 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27547 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27548 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27549 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27550 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27551 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27552 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27553 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27555 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27557 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27558 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27559 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27560 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27561 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27562 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27563 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27564 the window or buffer configuration.
27566 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27568 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27572 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27573 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27574 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27575 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17744 57989))
27576 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27578 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27579 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27580 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27582 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27583 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27584 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27585 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27587 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27588 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27589 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27590 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27592 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27593 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27594 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27595 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27596 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27597 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27598 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27599 files which are not really tramp files.
27601 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27602 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27603 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27604 updated after changing this variable.
27606 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27608 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27610 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27611 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27612 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27613 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27615 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27616 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27617 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27618 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27620 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27621 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27622 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27624 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27625 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27626 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27627 updated after changing this variable.
27629 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27631 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27633 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27634 Alist of completion handler functions.
27635 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27636 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27637 normal Emacs functions.")
27639 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27640 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27641 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27642 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27644 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27645 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27646 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27647 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27649 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27650 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27651 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27653 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27655 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27656 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27657 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27659 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27660 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27663 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27665 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27670 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27671 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27673 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27675 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27676 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27678 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27680 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27681 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27687 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27688 ;;;;;; (17364 5006))
27689 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27691 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27698 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
27699 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
27700 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27701 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27702 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27703 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17647
27705 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27707 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27708 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27712 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27713 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27715 Convenience command that:
27717 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27718 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27719 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27721 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27722 image files in dired and type
27723 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27725 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27727 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27728 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27730 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27732 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27733 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27734 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27735 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27736 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27739 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27740 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27741 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27743 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27744 instead of erasing it first.
27746 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27747 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27748 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27749 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27750 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27751 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27753 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27755 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27756 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27757 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27758 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27763 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27765 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27766 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27770 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27771 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27772 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27776 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27777 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27781 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27782 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27783 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27784 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27788 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27789 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27793 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27794 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27798 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27799 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27803 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27804 Display current image file.
27805 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27806 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27810 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27811 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27815 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27816 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27817 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27818 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27819 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27820 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27821 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27825 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
27826 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
27827 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
27834 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17735
27836 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27838 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
27839 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27840 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27841 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27842 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27843 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27844 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27845 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27847 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27848 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
27849 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
27851 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
27852 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
27855 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
27859 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27860 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17706 47956))
27861 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27862 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27863 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27864 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27866 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27867 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27868 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27869 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
27870 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27871 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27872 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27874 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27876 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27877 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27878 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27879 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27881 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27885 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27886 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27887 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27888 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27889 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27890 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27891 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27893 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27894 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27896 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27899 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27901 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27907 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27908 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27909 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27910 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27911 ;;;;;; (17383 40525))
27912 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27914 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27915 Toggle typing break mode.
27916 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27917 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27918 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27920 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
27922 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27923 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27925 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27927 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27928 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27930 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27931 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27932 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27934 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27935 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27937 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
27939 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27940 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27942 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27943 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27944 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27945 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27947 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27949 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27950 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27951 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27953 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27954 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27955 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27956 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27957 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27958 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27960 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27961 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27962 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27963 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27965 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27966 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27968 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27969 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27971 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
27973 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27974 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27975 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27977 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27978 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27979 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27980 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27981 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27982 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27983 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27985 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27986 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27988 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27989 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27990 reset the keystroke counter.
27992 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27993 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27994 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27995 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27997 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27998 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27999 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28000 `type-break-schedule' command.
28002 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28003 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28004 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28005 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28006 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28007 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28008 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28009 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28010 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28012 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28013 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28014 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28015 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28016 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28018 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28019 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28020 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28021 approximate good values for this.
28023 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28024 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28026 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28027 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28028 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28029 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28030 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28031 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28033 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28034 a typing break occur. They include:
28036 `type-break-query-mode'
28037 `type-break-query-function'
28038 `type-break-query-interval'
28040 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28042 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28043 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28044 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28047 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28049 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28050 Take a typing break.
28052 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28053 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28055 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28056 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28060 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28061 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28062 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28063 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28067 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28068 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28070 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28071 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28072 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28073 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28074 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28075 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28076 average typing speed.)
28078 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28079 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28080 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28081 the computed maximum threshold.
28083 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28084 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28085 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28086 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28087 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28089 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28093 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28094 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17383 40580))
28095 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28097 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28098 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28099 Works by overstriking underscores.
28100 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28101 which specify the range to operate on.
28103 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28105 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28106 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28107 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28108 which specify the range to operate on.
28110 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28114 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28115 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17383 40561))
28116 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28118 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28119 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28120 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28124 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28125 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28126 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28127 following the containing message.
28133 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28134 ;;;;;; (17383 40561))
28135 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28137 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28138 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28139 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28140 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28141 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28142 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28146 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28147 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28149 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28153 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17403
28155 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28157 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28158 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28159 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28160 of symbols with local bindings.
28162 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28166 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28167 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17745 9518))
28168 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28170 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28171 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28172 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28174 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28175 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28176 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28177 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28178 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28179 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28181 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28182 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28183 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28185 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28186 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28187 the callback is not called).
28189 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28190 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28191 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28194 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28196 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28197 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28198 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28199 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28200 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28202 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28206 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28207 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17382 38218))
28208 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28210 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28211 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28212 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28214 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28215 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28216 `url-generic-parse-url'
28217 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28218 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28219 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28221 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28222 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28223 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28224 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28225 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28226 what type of auth to use
28227 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28228 if one cannot be found in the cache
28230 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28232 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28233 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28235 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28236 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28237 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28238 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28239 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28240 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28241 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28242 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28244 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28248 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28249 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17338
28251 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28253 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28254 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28256 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28258 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28259 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28261 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28263 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28264 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28266 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28268 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28269 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28271 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28275 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17382 38218))
28276 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28278 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28281 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28285 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28286 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17681 41545))
28287 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28289 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28292 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28294 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28297 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28301 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17382
28303 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28305 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28306 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28308 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28312 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28313 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17733 35975))
28314 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28316 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28317 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28321 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28322 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28323 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28324 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28325 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28327 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28331 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28332 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17647
28334 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28336 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28337 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28338 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28340 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28341 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28343 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28345 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28346 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28350 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28351 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28352 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28353 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28354 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28355 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28356 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28357 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28358 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28360 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28362 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28363 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28364 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28367 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28369 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28372 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28376 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28377 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17746 28954))
28378 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28380 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28381 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28382 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28383 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28384 CBARGS as the arguments.
28386 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28388 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28391 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28393 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28395 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28398 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28400 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28401 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28402 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28404 Property list members:
28407 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28411 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28415 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28418 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28421 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28422 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28423 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28426 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28428 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28429 Default HTTPS port.")
28431 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28432 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28434 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28435 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28436 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28437 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28438 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28442 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17591 28073))
28443 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28445 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28448 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28452 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17382
28454 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28456 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28457 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28458 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28459 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28460 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28462 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28466 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28467 ;;;;;; (17382 38220))
28468 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28470 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28473 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28475 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28476 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28478 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28482 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28483 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17382 38220))
28484 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28486 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28487 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28489 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28491 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28492 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28494 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28496 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28499 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28501 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28503 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28505 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28507 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28508 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28510 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28514 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28515 ;;;;;; (17358 52599))
28516 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28518 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28521 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28523 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28526 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28530 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28531 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28532 ;;;;;; (17382 38220))
28533 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28535 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28538 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28540 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28543 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28545 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28548 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28550 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28553 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28555 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28558 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28560 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28563 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28565 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28568 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28572 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28573 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17706 47957))
28574 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28576 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28577 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28579 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28581 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28582 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28584 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28586 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28590 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28591 ;;;;;; (17348 52411))
28592 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28594 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28595 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28601 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28602 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28603 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28604 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28605 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28606 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28607 ;;;;;; (17615 40606))
28608 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28610 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28611 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28612 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28614 If t, all messages will be logged.
28615 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28616 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28618 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28620 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28623 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28625 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28628 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28630 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28631 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28632 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28633 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28634 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28640 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28642 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28643 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28644 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28646 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28648 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28649 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28650 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28652 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28654 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28655 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28657 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28659 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28660 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28664 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28665 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28669 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28674 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28677 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28679 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28682 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28684 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28685 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28687 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28689 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28692 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28694 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28695 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28696 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28697 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28698 forbidden in URL encoding.
28700 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28702 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28703 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28704 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28705 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28706 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28707 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28709 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28711 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28712 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28713 If optional variable X is t,
28714 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28716 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28718 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28719 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28720 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28722 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28724 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28725 View the current document's URL.
28726 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28729 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28731 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28735 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28736 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17383 40526))
28737 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28739 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28740 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28741 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28742 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28743 to refrain from editing the file
28744 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28745 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28746 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28747 in any way you like.
28749 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28751 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28752 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28753 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28754 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28755 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28757 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28758 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17273 4272))
28765 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28766 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28770 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28771 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28772 ;;;;;; (17544 39651))
28773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28775 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28776 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28777 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28778 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28780 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28782 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28783 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28784 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28786 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28788 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28789 Uudecode region between START and END.
28790 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28792 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28796 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28797 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28798 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28799 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28800 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28801 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28802 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17721 3805))
28803 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28805 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28806 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28809 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28811 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28812 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28813 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28815 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28817 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28818 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28821 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28823 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28824 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28826 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28828 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28829 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28831 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28833 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28834 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28835 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28836 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28837 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28838 somebody else, signal error.
28840 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28842 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28843 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28844 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28845 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28846 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28848 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28850 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28851 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28852 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28853 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28854 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28855 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28856 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28857 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28858 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28859 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28860 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28861 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28863 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28865 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28866 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28868 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28869 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28871 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28872 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28873 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28874 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28875 lock steals will raise an error.
28877 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28879 For RCS and SCCS files:
28880 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28882 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28883 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28884 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28885 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28886 it performs a revert.
28887 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28888 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28889 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28890 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28891 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28892 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28893 the option to steal the lock.
28896 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28897 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28898 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28899 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28900 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28901 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28902 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28903 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28904 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28906 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28908 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28909 Register the current file into a version control system.
28910 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28911 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28913 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28914 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28915 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28916 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28917 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28918 first backend that could register the file is used.
28920 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28922 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28923 Display diffs between file versions.
28924 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28925 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28926 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28927 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28928 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28931 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28933 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28934 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28935 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28936 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28940 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28941 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28942 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28943 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28947 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28948 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28949 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28950 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28951 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28952 from the current branch.
28954 See Info node `Merging'.
28958 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28960 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28961 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28963 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28965 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28966 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28968 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28970 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28971 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28972 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28973 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28974 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28975 are checked out in that new branch.
28977 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28979 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28980 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28981 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28982 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28983 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28984 allowed and simply skipped).
28986 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28988 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28989 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28990 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28992 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28994 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28995 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28996 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28997 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28998 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29002 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29003 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29004 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29005 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29006 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29007 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29011 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29012 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29013 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29015 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29017 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29018 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29019 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29020 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29021 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29022 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29023 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29025 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29027 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29028 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29029 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29030 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29031 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29032 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29033 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29034 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29035 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29037 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29039 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29040 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29042 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29044 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29045 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29046 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29049 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29051 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29052 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29053 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29055 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29056 log entries should be gathered.
29058 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29060 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29061 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29063 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29064 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29065 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29066 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29067 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29068 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29070 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29071 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29072 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29073 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29074 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29075 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29076 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29077 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29079 Customization variables:
29081 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29082 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29083 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29084 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29086 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17383 40526))
29091 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29092 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29093 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29096 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17383 40526))
29101 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29102 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29103 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29104 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29106 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17383 40526))
29111 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29112 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29113 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29116 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29120 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29121 ;;;;;; (17383 40526))
29122 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29124 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29125 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29126 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29128 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29129 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29133 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29134 ;;;;;; (17383 40527))
29135 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29137 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29138 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29139 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29141 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29142 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29144 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29145 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29146 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29147 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17721 3805))
29152 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29153 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29154 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29155 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29157 (vc-svn-registered f)))
29159 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29163 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29164 ;;;;;; (17615 40604))
29165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29167 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29168 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29173 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29174 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29175 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29176 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29177 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29178 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29179 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29180 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29181 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29183 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29184 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29185 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29186 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29188 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29189 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29190 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29191 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29192 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29194 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29195 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29199 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29200 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29201 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29205 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29206 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29207 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29208 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29210 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29211 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29212 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29213 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29214 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29218 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29219 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29220 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29221 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29223 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29224 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29225 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29226 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29227 beginning with \"std\").
29229 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29230 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29231 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29236 `--' puts a single comment.
29237 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29238 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29239 with a comment in between.
29240 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29241 out following lines.
29242 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29243 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29245 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29246 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29247 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29248 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29249 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29252 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29253 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29254 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29255 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29256 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29257 multi-line comments.
29261 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29262 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29263 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29264 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29266 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29267 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29268 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29269 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29271 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29272 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29275 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29276 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29280 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29281 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29282 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29283 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29284 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29285 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29286 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29287 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29289 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29290 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29291 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29292 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29293 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29296 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29297 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29298 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29300 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29301 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29305 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29306 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29307 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29308 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29309 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29310 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29313 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29314 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29315 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29316 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29319 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29323 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29324 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29325 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29326 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29327 internal signal initializations (menu).
29329 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29330 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29331 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29333 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29334 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29335 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29336 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29337 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29338 in subsequent paste operations.)
29340 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29341 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29342 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29345 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29346 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29347 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29348 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29349 association list with formals).
29352 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29353 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29354 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29355 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29356 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29357 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29358 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29359 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29364 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29368 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29372 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29373 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29374 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29376 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29377 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29380 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29381 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29382 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29383 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29385 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29386 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29387 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29389 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29390 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29391 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29392 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29394 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29395 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29396 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29397 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29398 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29400 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29401 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29402 required by secondary units.
29405 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29406 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29407 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29408 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29409 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29410 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29411 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29412 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29413 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29414 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29415 inputs to this component -> input port created
29416 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29417 outputs from this component -> output port created
29418 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29419 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29421 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29422 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29423 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29424 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29425 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29427 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29428 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29430 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29431 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29432 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29433 component instantiation is also supported (option
29434 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29436 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29437 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29438 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29439 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29440 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29441 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29442 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29443 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29444 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29445 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29446 | generating the configuration.
29448 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29449 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29450 | configurations in speedbar.
29452 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29455 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29456 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29457 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29458 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29459 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29460 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29461 information. New compilers can be added.
29463 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29464 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29467 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29468 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29469 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29470 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29471 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29473 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29476 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29477 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29478 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29480 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29481 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29482 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29483 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29484 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29485 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29486 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29489 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29490 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29491 not (yet) supported.
29492 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29493 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29494 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29498 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29499 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29500 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29501 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29502 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29503 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29504 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29505 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29507 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29508 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29509 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29510 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29511 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29512 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29513 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29514 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29515 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29516 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29517 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29521 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29522 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29523 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29524 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29525 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29526 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29527 current directory for VHDL source files.
29531 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29532 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29536 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29537 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29538 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29539 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29540 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29541 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29542 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29543 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29546 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29547 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29548 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29549 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29550 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29551 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29552 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29554 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29555 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29556 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29557 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29558 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29559 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29561 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29562 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29563 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29564 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29565 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29568 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29569 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29570 highlighted if written in lower case.
29572 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29573 highlighted using a different background color if option
29574 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29576 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29577 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29578 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29579 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29580 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29584 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29585 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29586 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29590 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29591 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29592 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29593 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29594 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29598 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29599 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29601 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29602 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29603 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29604 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29605 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29606 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29607 (used to obtain the port names).
29611 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29612 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29616 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29617 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29618 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29619 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29620 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29621 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29622 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29627 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29628 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29629 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29630 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29631 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29633 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29634 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29635 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29636 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29637 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29640 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29641 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29645 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29646 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29647 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29649 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29653 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29654 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29656 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29658 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29660 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29664 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29670 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29671 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29673 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29675 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29676 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29677 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29678 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29680 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29681 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29682 where the latest version can be found.
29688 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29689 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29690 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29693 The VHDL Mode Authors
29694 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29705 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17113 1767))
29706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29708 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29709 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29710 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29711 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29713 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29714 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29715 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29716 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29717 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29719 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29720 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29722 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29724 * Limitations and unsupported features
29725 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29727 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29728 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29731 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29732 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29733 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29734 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29735 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29736 for undoing a repeated change command.
29737 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29738 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29739 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29742 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29743 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29744 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29745 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29746 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29747 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29748 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29749 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29751 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29757 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29758 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29759 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29760 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17113 1833))
29761 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29763 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29764 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29766 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29768 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29769 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29770 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29771 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29773 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29775 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29776 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29780 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29781 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29782 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29783 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29785 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29787 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29788 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29792 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29795 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29797 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29800 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29804 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29805 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29806 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17383
29808 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29810 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29811 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29812 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29813 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29815 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29817 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29818 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29819 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29820 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29821 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29822 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29823 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29825 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29829 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29830 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29831 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29832 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29833 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29834 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29835 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29836 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29838 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29842 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29843 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29844 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29845 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29846 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29847 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29848 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29849 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29851 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29855 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29856 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29857 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29858 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29859 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29860 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29861 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29863 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29865 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29866 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29867 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29869 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29871 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29872 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29873 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29874 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29875 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29876 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29877 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29878 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29880 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29882 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29883 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29884 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29886 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29888 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29889 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29890 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29891 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29892 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29893 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29894 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29895 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29897 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29899 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29900 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29901 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29903 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29905 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29906 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29907 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29909 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29910 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29911 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29914 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29915 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29916 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29917 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29918 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29920 H, h, ? This message.
29921 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29922 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29923 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29924 > move to the end of buffer.
29925 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29926 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29927 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29928 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29929 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29930 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29931 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29932 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29933 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29934 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29935 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29936 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29937 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29938 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29939 Use this to view a changing file.
29940 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29941 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29942 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29944 x exchanges point and mark.
29945 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29946 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29947 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29948 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29949 ' go to position saved in character register.
29950 s do forward incremental search.
29951 r do reverse incremental search.
29952 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29953 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29954 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29955 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29956 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29957 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29958 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29959 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29960 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29961 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29962 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29963 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29964 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29965 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29966 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29967 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29968 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29970 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29971 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
29972 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
29973 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
29974 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
29975 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
29976 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
29977 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
29978 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
29980 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29984 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29985 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29986 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29987 `view-return-to-alist'.
29988 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29989 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29990 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29992 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29993 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29994 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29995 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29996 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29998 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29999 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30000 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30001 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30003 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30005 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30007 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30009 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30010 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30016 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17742
30018 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30020 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30021 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30025 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30026 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30032 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30033 ;;;;;; (17742 35192))
30034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30036 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30037 Toggle Viper on/off.
30038 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30042 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30043 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30049 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30050 ;;;;;; (17494 35363))
30051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30053 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30054 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30055 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30056 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30057 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30058 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30059 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30060 the beginning of the warning.")
30062 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30063 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30064 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30065 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30066 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30067 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30068 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30069 also call that function before the next warning.")
30071 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30072 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30074 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30075 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30076 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30077 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30079 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30080 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30081 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30082 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30083 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30084 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30086 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30087 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30088 Default is :warning.
30090 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30091 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30092 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30093 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30094 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30095 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30097 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30098 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30100 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30102 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30103 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30105 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30107 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30108 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30109 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30110 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30112 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30113 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30114 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30115 can be whatever you like.)
30117 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30118 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30120 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30121 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30122 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30123 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30124 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30126 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30128 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30129 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30130 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30131 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30132 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30134 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30138 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30139 ;;;;;; (17611 25726))
30140 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30142 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30143 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30144 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30145 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30146 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30155 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17383 40568))
30156 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30158 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30159 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30161 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30164 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30171 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30172 ;;;;;; (17611 25727))
30173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30174 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30175 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30177 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30179 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30180 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30181 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30182 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30183 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30184 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30186 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30188 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30189 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30190 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30191 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30193 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30200 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30201 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30202 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30203 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30204 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30205 ;;;;;; (17744 57989))
30206 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30208 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30209 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30213 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30214 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30218 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30219 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30223 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30224 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30228 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30229 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30233 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30234 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30236 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30237 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30238 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30239 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30240 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30242 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30244 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30245 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30247 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30249 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30250 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30254 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30255 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30256 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30257 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30258 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30262 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30263 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30267 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30269 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30270 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30271 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30272 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30273 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30274 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30276 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30278 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30279 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30280 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30282 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30283 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30287 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30288 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30289 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30295 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30296 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17383 40529))
30297 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30299 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30300 Browse the widget under point.
30304 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30305 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30307 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30309 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30310 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30312 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30314 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30315 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30316 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30322 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30323 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17739
30325 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30327 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30328 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30330 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30332 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30333 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30334 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30336 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30338 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30339 Create widget of TYPE.
30340 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30342 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30344 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30347 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30349 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30350 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30352 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30354 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30356 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30357 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30358 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30360 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30361 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30367 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30368 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17383
30370 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30372 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30373 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30374 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30375 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30376 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30377 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30378 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30382 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30383 Select the window above the current one.
30384 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30385 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30386 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30387 negative ARG) of the current window.
30388 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30392 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30393 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30394 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30395 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30396 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30397 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30398 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30402 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30403 Select the window below the current one.
30404 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30405 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30406 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30407 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30408 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30412 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30413 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30414 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30415 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30417 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30421 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30422 ;;;;;; (17383 40532))
30423 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30425 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30426 Toggle Winner mode.
30427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30428 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30430 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30432 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30433 Toggle Winner mode.
30434 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30440 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30441 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17715 55645))
30442 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30444 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30445 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30446 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30447 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30448 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30449 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30450 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30451 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30453 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30454 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30456 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30458 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30459 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30463 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30464 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30465 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30466 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30467 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30468 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30469 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30470 `woman' command for further details.
30472 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30476 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30477 ;;;;;; (17383 40549))
30478 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30480 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30481 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30484 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30485 are not implemented
30486 - Options for search and replace
30487 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30488 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30490 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30493 The key bindings are:
30503 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30505 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30506 C-l ws-repeat-search
30509 C-r scroll-down-line
30516 C-y kill-complete-line
30519 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30520 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30521 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30522 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30523 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30524 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30525 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30526 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30527 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30528 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30529 C-k b ws-begin-block
30530 C-k c ws-copy-block
30531 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30533 C-k h ws-show-markers
30534 C-k i ws-indent-block
30536 C-k p ws-print-block
30539 C-k s save-some-buffers
30541 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30542 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30543 C-k v ws-move-block
30544 C-k w ws-write-block
30546 C-k y ws-delete-block
30548 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30549 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30550 C-o j justify-current-line
30553 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30554 C-o r set-fill-column
30555 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30556 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30557 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30558 C-o wo other-window
30559 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30561 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30562 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30563 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30564 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30565 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30566 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30567 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30568 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30569 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30570 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30571 C-q a ws-query-replace
30572 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30573 C-q c end-of-buffer
30576 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30578 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30579 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30580 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30581 C-q w ws-last-error
30583 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30589 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30590 ;;;;;; (17605 17812))
30591 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30593 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30594 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30595 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30596 Returns the top node with all its children.
30597 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30598 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30600 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30602 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30603 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30604 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30605 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30606 is not well-formed XML.
30607 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30608 and returned as the first element of the list.
30609 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30611 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30615 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17383
30617 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30619 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30620 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30621 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30623 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30624 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30626 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30628 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30629 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30630 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30632 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30633 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30634 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30635 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30636 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30637 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30643 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30644 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17382 22972))
30645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30647 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30648 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30650 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30652 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30653 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30659 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30660 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17382 22979))
30661 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30663 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30664 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30666 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30668 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30669 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30671 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30673 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30674 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30675 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30677 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30679 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30680 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30686 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17382 22979))
30687 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30689 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30690 Zone out, completely.
30696 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30697 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30698 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30699 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30700 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30701 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30702 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30703 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30704 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30705 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30706 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30707 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30708 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30709 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30710 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30711 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30712 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30713 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30714 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30715 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30716 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30717 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30718 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30719 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30720 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30721 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30722 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30723 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30724 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30725 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30726 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30727 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30728 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30729 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30730 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30731 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30732 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30733 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el"
30734 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
30735 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
30736 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
30737 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
30738 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
30739 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
30740 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
30741 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
30742 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
30743 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
30744 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
30745 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30746 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30747 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30748 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30749 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30750 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30751 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30752 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30753 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30754 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30755 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30756 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30757 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30758 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30759 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30760 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30761 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30762 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30763 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30764 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30765 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30766 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30767 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30768 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30769 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30770 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30771 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30772 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30773 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30774 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30775 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30776 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30777 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30778 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30779 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30780 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30781 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30782 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30783 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30784 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30785 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30786 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30787 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30788 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30789 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30790 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30791 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30792 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30793 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30794 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30795 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30796 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30797 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30798 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30799 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30800 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30801 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30802 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30803 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30804 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30805 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30806 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30807 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30808 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30809 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30810 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30811 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30812 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30813 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30814 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
30815 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el"
30816 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el"
30817 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
30818 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
30819 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
30820 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
30821 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
30822 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30823 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30824 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30825 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30826 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30827 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30828 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30829 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30830 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30831 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
30832 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
30833 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
30834 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17746 35402 500000))
30838 ;; Local Variables:
30839 ;; version-control: never
30840 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30841 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30843 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here